STRONG INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS INC
485BPOS, 1999-06-25
Previous: FITZGERALDS GAMING CORP, 8-K, 1999-06-25
Next: LOGAN INTERNATIONAL CORP/CN, DEFR14A, 1999-06-25



 As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about June 25, 1999

                                        Securities Act Registration No. 33-61545
                                Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-7335


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington D.C.  20549

                                   FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933     [   ]
     Pre-Effective Amendment No.                            [   ]
     Post-Effective Amendment No.    8                      [ X ]
                                     and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     [   ]
     Amendment No.    9                                             [ X ]
                        (Check appropriate box or boxes)

                        STRONG INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

          100 Heritage Reserve
    Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin                                        53051
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                            (Zip Code)
      Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code:  (414) 359-3400
                                Thomas P. Lemke
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.
                              100 Heritage Reserve
                       Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin  53051
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)


     It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate
box).

          [   ]  immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
          [ X ]  on July 1, 1999 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
          [   ]  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
          [   ]  on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
          [   ]  75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
          [   ]  on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

     If appropriate, check the following box:

          [   ]  this post-effective amendment designates a new effective
date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.


                                       1
<PAGE>






THE STRONG INSTITUTIONAL BOND FUND
PROSPECTUS  JULY 1, 1999































AS WITH ALL MUTUAL FUNDS, THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC) HAS NOT
APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR
ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO INFORMS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



                                       1
<PAGE>



TABLE OF CONTENTS
Your Investment.................................................................
Key Information.................................................................
What are the fund's goals?.....................................................1
What are the fund's principal investment strategies?...........................1
What are the main risks of investing in the fund?..............................2
What are the fund's fees and expenses?.........................................6
Who are the fund's investment advisor and portfolio managers?..................7
Other Important Information You Should Know.....................................
A Word About Credit Quality....................................................9
Financial Highlights..........................................................10
Your Account....................................................................
Share Price...................................................................12
Buying Shares.................................................................13
Selling Shares................................................................13
Additional Policies...........................................................14
Distributions.................................................................16
Taxes.........................................................................16
Reserved Rights...............................................................18
For More Information..................................................Back Cover


IN THIS PROSPECTUS, "WE" REFERS TO STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC., THE
INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE STRONG FUNDS.

                                       2
<PAGE>


                                                                 YOUR INVESTMENT

KEY INFORMATION

WHAT ARE THE FUND'S GOALS?

The STRONG INSTITUTIONAL BOND FUND seeks total return by investing for a high
level of current income with a moderate degree of share-price fluctuation.

WHAT ARE THE FUND'S PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES?



The INSTITUTIONAL BOND FUND invests primarily in higher- and medium-quality
corporate, mortgage- and asset-backed, U.S. government (and its agencies and
instrumentalities), and foreign government bonds.  The fund's duration will
normally vary between four and seven years.  The fund may invest up to 20% of
its assets in securities denominated in foreign currencies and may invest
beyond this limit in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers.
The fund may also invest up to 20% of its assets in lower-quality, high-yield
bonds (commonly referred to as junk bonds).  These high-yield bonds may be
either U.S. or foreign securities.  In addition, the fund may use futures
contracts to manage risk or hedge against market volatility.



In selecting bonds for the portfolio, the managers engage in rigorous,
security-by-security research as well as thorough analysis of general economic
conditions. Generally, quantitative analysis (focused on such factors as
duration, yield spreads, and yield curves) drives issue selection in the
Treasury and mortgage marketplace and proactive credit research drives
corporate issue selection. The managers may sell a holding to take advantage of
more attractive yield opportunities or to keep the portfolio's holdings
reasonably close to those of benchmark indices.



((Side Box))


DURATION is a general measure of risk that indicates the sensitivity of a bond
portfolio to changes in interest rates.  The higher the duration, the greater
the potential share-price volatility of a fund may be.


Although the fund invests primarily for income, it also employs techniques
designed to realize capital appreciation. For example, the managers may select
bonds with maturities and coupon rates that position them for potential capital
appreciation for a variety of reasons including a manager's view on the
direction of future interest-rate movements and the potential for a credit
upgrade.

The managers may invest any amount in cash or cash-type securities
(high-quality, short-term debt securities issued by corporations, financial
institutions, or the U.S. government) as a temporary defensive position to
avoid losses during adverse market conditions.  This could reduce the benefit
to the fund if the market goes up.  In this case, the fund may not achieve its
investment goal.  In addition, the fund's active trading approach may increase
the fund's costs. This may also increase the amount of capital gains tax that
you pay on the fund's returns.


WHAT ARE THE MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND?

BOND RISKS: The fund's major risks are those of investing in the bond market. A
bond's market value is affected significantly by changes in interest
rates-generally, when interest rates rise, the bond's market value declines and
when interest rates decline, its market value rises (interest-rate risk).
Generally, the longer a bond's maturity, the greater the risk and the higher
its yield. Conversely, the shorter a bond's maturity, the lower the risk and
the lower its yield (maturity risk). A bond's value can also be affected by
changes in the bond's credit quality rating or its issuer's financial condition
(credit-quality risk). Because bond values fluctuate, the fund's share price
fluctuates. So, when you sell your investment, you may receive more or less
money than you originally invested.

                                       3
<PAGE>

HIGH-YIELD BONDS: The fund invests in medium- and lower-quality bonds,
including high-yield bonds (commonly referred to as junk bonds).  Lower-quality
bonds involve greater interest-rate and credit-quality risks than higher- and
medium-quality bonds. High-yield bonds possess an increased possibility that
the bond's issuer may not be able to make its payments of interest and
principal. If that happens, the fund's share price would decrease and its
income distributions would be reduced. An economic downturn or period of rising
interest rates could adversely affect the high-yield bond market and reduce the
fund's ability to sell its high-yield bonds (liquidity risk). A lack of a
liquid market for these bonds could decrease the fund's share price.

MORTGAGE- AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES: The fund invests in mortgage-backed and
asset-backed securities. These securities are subject to prepayment risk, which
is the risk that the borrower will prepay some or all of the principal owed to
the issuer. If that happens, the fund may have to replace the security by
investing the proceeds in a less attractive security.  This could reduce the
fund's share price and its income distributions.


FOREIGN SECURITIES: Foreign investments involve additional risks, including
currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in
financial reporting standards, and less-strict regulation of securities
markets.


FUTURES CONTRACTS: The fund often uses futures contracts to manage risk or
hedge against market volatility. Futures contracts are agreements for the
future sale by one party and purchase by another party of an underlying
financial instrument at a specified price on a specified date. Because a
futures contract's value depends on the value of an underlying financial
instrument, futures contracts may involve more risk and volatility than do
other fixed income securities. They may also increase the fund's expenses and,
when used for hedging, reduce the opportunity for gain.

The fund is appropriate for investors who are comfortable with the risks
described here and whose financial goals are four to seven years in the future.
The fund is not appropriate for investors concerned primarily with principal
stability.


The return information on the following page illustrates how the fund's
performance can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the
fund. Please keep in mind that the fund's past performance does not represent
how it will perform in the future.  The information assumes that you reinvested
all dividends and distributions.


CALENDAR YEAR TOTAL RETURNS

1997   18.9%
- ----  -------
1998   10.8%
- ----  -------

BEST AND WORST QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE
(DURING THE PERIODS SHOWN ABOVE)



BEST QUARTER RETURN    WORST QUARTER RETURN
- ---------------------  ---------------------

6.5% (1st Q 1997)      2.1% (2nd Q 1998)


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS

          AS OF 12-31-98


FUND/INDEX          1-YEAR          SINCE INCEPTION


INSTITUTIONAL BOND  10.84%     14.78% (12-31-96)


Blended Bond Index   8.11%     9.22%


Lehman Brothers
Aggregate Bond Index 8.69%     9.17%



THE BLENDED BOND INDEX IS COMPRISED OF 70% LEHMAN BROTHERS AGGREGATE BOND
INDEX, 15% LEHMAN BROTHERS HIGH-YIELD BOND INDEX, AND 15% SALOMON BROTHERS
NON-U.S. WORLD GOVERNMENT BOND INDEX (CURRENCY HEDGED).  THE FUND'S BROAD BASED
BENCHMARK INDEX IS THE LEHMAN BROTHERS AGGREGATE BOND INDEX, WHICH IS AN
UNMANAGED INDEX COMPOSED OF SECURITIES FROM THE LEHMAN BROTHERS
GOVERNMENT/CORPORATE BOND INDEX, MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES INDEX, AND
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES INDEX. THE LEHMAN BROTHERS HIGH-YIELD BOND INDEX IS AN
UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF CORPORATE BONDS RATED BELOW
INVESTMENT-GRADE. THE SALOMON BROTHERS NON-U.S. WORLD GOVERNMENT BOND INDEX
(CURRENCY HEDGED) IS AN UNMANAGED INDEX GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF LIQUID,
NON-U.S. FIXED INCOME GOVERNMENT SECURITIES.  ROLLING ONE-MONTH FORWARD
EXCHANGE CONTRACTS ARE USED AS THE HEDGING INSTRUMENT.


                                       4
<PAGE>


As of February 28, 1999, the 30-day yield for the fund was 5.93%. For current
yield information, call 1-800-368-3863.


WHAT ARE THE FUND'S FEES AND EXPENSES?

This section describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of the fund.


                                       5
<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER FEES
(fees paid directly from your investment)

The fund is 100% no-load, so you pay no sales charges (loads) to buy or sell
shares.


ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
The costs of operating the fund are deducted from the fund's assets, which
means you pay them indirectly. These costs are deducted before computing the
daily share price or making distributions. As a result, they don't appear on
your account statement, but instead reduce the total return you receive from
your fund investment.

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (AS A PERCENT OF  AVERAGE NET ASSETS)



                                   TOTAL ANNUAL FUND
MANAGEMENT FEES  OTHER EXPENSES    OPERATING EXPENSES*
- ---------------  --------------    ------------------------------
0.25%            0.12%             0.37%



*WE HAVE CONTRACTUALLY AGREED TO WAIVE OUR MANAGEMENT FEE AND ABSORB EXPENSES
UNTIL DECEMBER 31, 2000 TO KEEP TOTAL EXPENSES AT NO MORE THAN 0.40%.

EXAMPLE: This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in
the fund, before waiver and expense absorptions, with the cost of investing in
other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for
the time periods indicated, and then redeem all of your shares at the end of
those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return
each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. Although your
actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs
would be:


1 YEAR    3 YEARS   5 YEARS   10 YEARS
- --------  --------  --------  --------

$38       $119      $208      $468


WHO ARE THE FUND'S INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS?

Strong Capital Management, Inc. (Strong) is the investment advisor for the
fund. Strong provides investment management services for mutual funds and other
investment portfolios representing assets of over $34 billion. Strong began
conducting business in 1974. Since then, its principal business has been
providing investment advice for individuals and institutional accounts, such as
pension and profit-sharing plans, as well as mutual funds, several of which are
available through variable insurance products.  Strong's address is P.O. Box
2936, Milwaukee, WI 53201.


JEFFREY A. KOCH co-manages the fund.  He has over ten years of investment
experience and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.  Mr. Koch joined Strong in
June 1989.  He has been a portfolio manager since January 1990. He has
co-managed the fund since its inception in December 1996. Prior to joining
Strong, Mr. Koch was employed by Fossett Corporation, a clearing firm, as a
market maker clerk.  Mr. Koch received his bachelors degree in Economics from
the University of Minnesota in 1987 and his Masters of Business Administration
in Finance from Washington University in 1989.



SHIRISH T. MALEKAR co-manages the fund and has over 10 years of investment
experience.  He joined Strong in January 1994.  He has primarily been a bond
portfolio manager since then.  He has co-managed the fund since its inception
in December 1996.  Prior to joining Strong, he was an international bond
portfolio manager at Pacific Investment Management Company for three years.
Prior to that, he was a bond trader at Harris Bank in Chicago for one year and
a bond trader at Paine Webber Incorporated in New York and Tokyo for more than
two years.  Mr. Malekar received his bachelors degree in Chemical Engineering
from the University of Bombay, India in 1980, his masters in Petroleum
Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh in 1982, and his masters in
Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1987.



BRADLEY C. TANK co-manages the fund and has over 15 years of investment
experience.  He joined Strong in June 1990.  He has primarily been a bond
portfolio manager since then.  He has co-managed the fund since its inception in


                                       6
<PAGE>

December 1996. For eight years prior to joining Strong, he worked for Salomon
Brothers Inc.  He was a vice president and fixed income specialist for six
years and for the two years prior to that, a fixed income specialist.  He
received his bachelors degree in English from the University of Wisconsin in
1980 and his Masters of Business Administration in Finance from the University
of Wisconsin in 1982, where he also completed the Applied Securities Analysis
Program. Mr. Tank chairs Strong's Fixed Income Investment Committee.

((Side Box))
YEAR 2000 ISSUES

Your investment could be adversely affected if the computer systems used by the
fund, Strong, and the fund's service providers do not properly process and
calculate date-related information before, on, and after January 1, 2000.  Year
2000-related computer problems could have a negative impact on your fund and
the fund's investments, however, we are working to avoid these problems and to
obtain assurances from our service providers that they are taking similar
steps.  Please note that Year 2000-related computer problems may have a greater
negative impact on investments in foreign countries, especially in emerging
markets.


OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD KNOW

A WORD ABOUT CREDIT QUALITY

CREDIT QUALITY measures the issuer's expected ability to pay interest and
principal payments on time.  Credit quality can be "higher-quality",
"medium-quality", "lower-quality", or "in default".

HIGHER-QUALITY means bonds that are in any of the three highest rating
categories.  For example, bonds rated AAA to A by Standard & Poor's Rating
Group (S&P)*.

MEDIUM-QUALITY means bonds that are in the fourth-highest rating category.  For
example, bonds rated BBB by S&P*.

LOWER-QUALITY means bonds that are below the fourth-highest rating category.
They are also known as non-investment, high-risk, high-yield, or "junk bonds".
For example, bonds rated BB to C by S&P*.

IN DEFAULT means the bond's issuer has not paid principal or interest on time.

*OR THOSE RATED IN THIS CATEGORY BY ANY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STATISTICAL
RATING ORGANIZATION.  S&P IS ONLY ONE EXAMPLE OF A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED
STATISTICAL RATING ORGANIZATION.

This chart shows S&P's definition and ratings group for credit quality.  Other
rating organizations use similar definitions.



CREDIT
QUALITY       S&P'S DEFINITION     S&P'S RATINGS GROUP  RATING CATEGORY
Higher        Highest quality      AAA                  First highest
              High quality         AA                   Second highest
              Upper medium grade   A                    Third highest
- ------------  -------------------  -------------------  ------------------
Medium        Medium grade         BBB                  Fourth highest
- ------------  -------------------  -------------------  ------------------
Lower         Low grade            BB
              Speculative          B
              Submarginal          CCC, CC, C
- ------------  -------------------  -------------------
In default    Probably in default  D
- ------------  -------------------  -------------------


We determine a bond's credit quality rating at the time of investment by
conducting credit research and analysis and by relying on credit ratings of
several nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.  These
organizations are called NRSROs. When we determine if a bond is in a specific
category, we may use the highest rating assigned to it by any NRSRO. If a bond
is not

                                       7
<PAGE>

rated, we rely on our credit research and analysis to rate the bond.  If a
bond's credit quality rating is downgraded after our investment, we monitor the
situation to decide if we need to take any action such as selling the bond.

Investments in lower-quality bonds (junk bonds) will be more dependent on our
credit analysis than would be higher-quality bonds because, while lower-quality
bonds generally offer higher yields than higher-quality bonds with similar
maturities, lower-quality bonds involve greater risks.  These include the
possibility of default or bankruptcy because the issuer's capacity to pay
interest and repay principal is considered predominantly speculative.  Also,
lower-quality bonds are less liquid, meaning that they may be harder to sell
than bonds of higher quality because the demand for them may be lower and there
are fewer potential buyers. This lack of liquidity may lower the value of the
fund and your investment.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This information describes investment performance for the periods shown.
Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share.  "Total
Return" shows how much your investment in the fund would have increased (or
decreased) during each period, assuming you had reinvested all dividends and
distributions.  These figures have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
whose report, along with the fund's financial statements, is included in the
fund's annual report.

Year Ended
                                           Feb. 28,     Feb. 28,     Dec. 31,
Selected Per-Share Data(a)                 1999         1998(b)      1997

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period       $11.18       $11.06       $10.00
Income From Investment Operations
Net Investment Income                        0.67         0.11         0.66
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains
on Investments                               0.19         0.12         1.18

Total from Investment Operations             0.86         0.23         1.84
Less Distributions
From Net Investment Income                  (0.68)       (0.11)       (0.66)
In Excess of Net Investment Income              -         0.00 (c)        -
From Net Realized Gains                     (0.24)           -        (0.12)

Total Distributions                         (0.92)       (0.11)       (0.78)

Net Asset Value, End of Period             $11.12       $11.18       $11.06

Ratios and Supplemental Data
Total Return                                +7.9%        +2.1%        +18.9%
Net Assets, End of Period (In Thousands) $134,716     $56,564        $52,008
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
 Without Voluntary Waivers and Absorptions   0.4%         0.4%*         0.7%
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets      0.4%         0.4%*         0.4%
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average
Net Assets                                   6.0%         6.2%*         6.3%
Portfolio Turnover Rate                    305.4%        68.1%        358.6%

* Calculated on an annualized basis
(a) Information presented relates to a share of capital stock of the
    Fund outstanding for the entire period.
(b) For the period from December 31, 1997 to February 28, 1998.
(c)  Amount calculated is less than $0.01.


YOUR ACCOUNT

SHARE PRICE

Your transaction price for buying, selling, or exchanging shares is the net
asset value per share (NAV).  NAV is generally calculated as of the close of
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (usually 3:00 p.m. Central Time) every
day the NYSE is open.  If the NYSE closes at any other time, or if an emergency
exists, NAV may be calculated at a different time.  Your share price will be
the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

NAV is based on the market value of the securities in a fund's portfolio.  If
market prices are not available, NAV is based on a security's fair value as
determined in good faith by us under the supervision of the Board of Directors
of the Strong Funds.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
Some of the fund's portfolio securities may be listed on foreign exchanges that
trade on days when we do not calculate an NAV.  As a result, the fund's NAV may
change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.  In
addition, a foreign exchange may not value its listed securities at the same
time that we calculate a fund's NAV.  Events affecting the values of portfolio
securities that occur between the time a foreign exchange assigns a price to
the portfolio securities and the time when we calculate a fund's NAV generally
will not be reflected in the fund's NAV.  These events will be reflected in the
fund's NAV when we, under the supervision of the Board of Directors of the
Strong Funds, determine that they would have a material affect on the fund's
NAV.

((Side Box))

We determine a fund's share price or NAV by dividing
net assets (the value of its investments, cash, and other
assets minus its liabilities) by the number of shares outstanding.


BUYING SHARES

Prior to your initial investment, complete and sign an application and send it
to Strong Institutional Investors Services, 100 Heritage Reserve, P.O. Box 782,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0782 or send it by facsimile to 414-359-3535.  The
initial investment minimum is $250,000.  After your initial investment,
additional transactions may be made in any amount.  Shares must be purchased by
wire unless you use the Exchange Privilege described below.  To purchase by
wire, place an order by

                                       8
<PAGE>


calling 800-733-2274 before 3:00 p.m. Central Time.  Firstar Bank Milwaukee,
N.A., the fund's agent, must receive payment by the close of the federal wire
system that day.  If payment is not received by this deadline, your order may
be canceled or you may be liable for the resulting interest expenses.  You
should wire federal funds as follows:


     Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A. ("Firstar")
     777 East Wisconsin Avenue
     Milwaukee, WI 53202
     ABA routing number: 075000022
     Account number: 112737-090
     For Further Credit to: (your account number and registration)

SELLING SHARES

Shares must be redeemed by wire unless you use the Exchange Privilege described
below. The fund pays the wire fees which are a fund expense. You may redeem
shares by either telephone or written instruction.
To redeem by wire, place an order by calling Strong Institutional Investor
Services at 800-733-2274 before 3:00 p.m. Central Time. The original
application must be on file with the fund's transfer agent before a redemption
will be processed. You may also redeem shares by sending a written request to
Strong Institutional Investor Services, 100 Heritage Reserve, P.O. Box 782,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0782 or sending it by facsimile to 414-359-3535.
Your written request must be signed exactly as the names of the registered
owners appear on the fund's account records, and the request must be signed by
the minimum number of persons designated on the account application that are
required to effect a redemption. Please note that any written redemption
request of $50,000 or more must be accompanied by a signature guarantee.
Payment of the redemption proceeds will be wired to the bank account(s)
designated on the account application. Redemption proceeds will ordinarily be
wired the next business day, but in no event more than seven days after receipt
of the redemption.

((Side Box))

SIGNATURE GUARANTEES help ensure that major
transactions or changes to your account are in fact
authorized by you. For example, we require a signature
guarantee on written redemption requests for more than
$50,000.  You can obtain a signature guarantee for a
nominal fee from most banks, brokerage firms, and
other financial institutions.  A notary public stamp or
seal cannot be substituted for a signature guarantee.

ADDITIONAL POLICIES

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
You may exchange shares of a Strong Fund for shares of another Strong Fund.
Shares of certain eligible Strong Funds may be exchanged for shares of the fund
provided that the fund's minimum initial investment of $250,000 is met. You may
make an exchange by calling Strong Institutional Investor Services at
800-733-2274 or by sending a facsimile to 414-359-3535. Please obtain and read
the appropriate prospectus before investing in any of the Strong Funds.
Remember, an exchange is considered a sale and a purchase of fund shares for
tax purposes and may result in a capital gain or loss. Some Strong Funds that
you may want to exchange into may charge a redemption fee of 0.50% to 1.00% on
the sale of shares held for less than six months.

ADVANCE NOTICE OF LARGE TRANSACTIONS
We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day
as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in
excess of $5 million.  This will allow Strong to manage the fund most
effectively.   When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with
your name and account number. To protect the fund's performance and
shareholders, we discourage frequent trading in response to short-term market
fluctuations.
PURCHASES IN KIND
You may, if the fund approves, purchase shares of the fund with liquid
securities that are eligible for purchase by the fund (consistent with the
fund's investment restrictions, policies, and objective) and that have a value
that is readily ascertainable in

                                       9
<PAGE>

accordance with the fund's valuation policies. You will be allowed to do this
only if we intend to retain the security in the fund as an investment.


                                      10
<PAGE>

TELEPHONE TRANSACTIONS
Once you place a telephone transaction request, it cannot be canceled or
modified. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that telephone transaction
requests are genuine.  We may be responsible if we do not follow these
procedures.  You are responsible for losses resulting from fraudulent or
unauthorized instructions received over the telephone, provided we reasonably
believe the instructions were genuine. During times of unusual market activity,
our phones may be busy and you may experience a delay placing a telephone
request.

INVESTING THROUGH A THIRD PARTY
 If you invest through a third party (rather than directly with Strong Funds),
 the policies and fees may be different than described in this prospectus.
 Banks, brokers, 401(k) plans, financial advisors, and financial supermarkets
 may charge transaction fees and may set different minimum investments or
 limitations on buying or selling shares.  Consult a representative of your
 plan or financial institution if you are not sure.

DISTRIBUTIONS

DISTRIBUTION POLICY
The fund generally pays you dividends from net investment income monthly and
distributes any net capital gains that it realizes annually.  Dividends are
declared on each day NAV is calculated, except for bank holidays. Dividends
earned on weekends, holidays, and days when the fund's NAV is not calculated
are declared on the first day preceding these days that the fund's NAV is
calculated.  Your investment generally earns dividends from the first business
day after we accept your purchase order.

REINVESTMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS
Your dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested
in additional shares of the fund, unless you choose otherwise.  Your other
options are to receive checks for these payments or have them credited to your
bank account by Electronic Funds Transfer.

TAXES

TAXABLE DISTRIBUTIONS
Any net investment income and net short-term capital gain distributions you
receive are taxable as ordinary dividend income at your income tax rate.
Distributions of net capital gains are generally taxable as long-term capital
gains.  This is generally true no matter how long you have owned your shares
and whether you reinvest your distributions or take them in cash. You may also
have to pay taxes when you exchange or sell shares if your shares have
increased in value since you bought them.  Please note, however, under federal
law, the interest income earned from U.S. Treasury securities is exempt from
state and local taxes.  All states allow mutual funds to pass through that
exemption to their shareholders, although there are conditions to this
exemption in some states.

RETURN OF CAPITAL
If your fund's (1) income distributions exceed its net investment income and
net short-term capital gains or (2) capital gain distributions exceed its net
capital gains in any year, all or a portion of those distributions may be
treated as a return of capital to you. Although a return of capital is not
taxed, it will reduce the cost basis of your shares.

YEAR-END STATEMENT
To assist you in tax preparation, after the end of each calendar year, we send
you a statement of your fund's ordinary dividends and net capital gain
distributions (Form 1099).

BACKUP WITHHOLDING
By law, we must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds if (1) you are
subject to backup withholding or (2) you have not provided us with complete and
correct taxpayer information such as your Social Security Number (SSN) or Tax
Identification Number (TIN).

Because everyone's tax situation is unique, you should consult your tax
professional for assistance.


                                      11
<PAGE>


RESERVED RIGHTS

We reserve the right to:

- - Reject any purchase request for any reason including exchanges from other
  Strong Funds.  Generally, we do this if the purchase or exchange is
  disruptive to the efficient management of a fund (due to the timing of the
  investment or an investor's history of excessive trading).

- - Change the minimum investment amounts.

- - Delay sending out redemption proceeds for up to seven days (this generally
  only applies to very large redemptions without notice, excessive trading, or
  during unusual market conditions).

- - Suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed for any
  reason other than its usual weekend or holiday closings, when trading is
  restricted by the SEC, or under any emergency circumstances.

- - Make a redemption-in-kind (a payment in portfolio securities rather than
  cash) if the amount you are redeeming is in excess of the lesser of (1)
  $250,000 or (2) 1% of the fund's assets.  Generally, redemption-in-kind is
  used when large redemption requests may cause harm to the fund and its
  shareholders.


- - Close any account that does not meet the minimum initial investment
  requirement.  We will give you notice and 60 days to increase your balance to
  the required minimum.  We may waive the minimum initial investment at our
  discretion.


- - Reject any purchase or redemption request that does not contain all required
  documentation.

- - Amend or terminate purchases-in-kind at any time.




                                      12
<PAGE>


FOR MORE INFORMATION

More information is available upon request at no charge, including:

SHAREHOLDER REPORTS: Additional information is available in the annual and
semi-annual report to shareholders.  These reports contain a letter from
management, discuss recent market conditions, economic trends and investment
strategies that significantly affected your investment's performance during the
last fiscal year, and list portfolio holdings.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): The SAI contains more details about
investment policies and techniques.  A current SAI is on file with the SEC and
is incorporated into this prospectus by reference. This means that the SAI is
legally considered a part of this prospectus even though it is not physically
contained within this prospectus.

To request information or to ask questions:


BY TELEPHONE                              ON THE INTERNET
(800) 733-2274                            VIEW ONLINE OR DOWNLOAD DOCUMENTS:
                                          Strong Funds: WWW.STRONGFUNDS.COM
                                          SEC*: www.sec.gov


BY MAIL                                   BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY
Strong Institutional Investor Services    Strong Institutional Investor Services
P.O. Box 782                              100 Heritage Reserve
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0782           Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin  53051



To reduce the volume of mail you receive, only one copy of most financial
reports and prospectuses is mailed to your household. Call 1-800-368-3863 if
you wish to receive additional copies, free of charge.

This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities in any place where it would
be illegal to do so.

*YOU CAN ALSO OBTAIN COPIES BY VISITING THE SEC'S PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM IN
WASHINGTON, D.C. OR BY SENDING YOUR REQUEST AND A DUPLICATING FEE TO THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION'S PUBLIC REFERENCE SECTION, WASHINGTON, D.C.
20549-6009. YOU CAN CALL 1-800-SEC-0330 FOR INFORMATION ON THE OPERATION OF THE
PUBLIC REFERENCE ROOM.

Strong Institutional Bond Fund, a series of Strong Institutional Funds, Inc.,
SEC file number: 811-7335

                                      13
<PAGE>


                  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ("SAI")


STRONG INSTITUTIONAL BOND FUND, A SERIES FUND OF STRONG INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS,
INC.

P.O. Box 2936
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
Telephone: (414) 359-1400
Toll-Free: (800) 368-3863
e-mail: [email protected]
Web Site:  http://www.strongfunds.com

This SAI is not a Prospectus and should be read together with the Prospectus
for the Fund dated July 1, 1999.  Requests for copies of the Prospectus should
be made by calling any number listed above.  The financial statements appearing
in the Annual Report, which accompanies this SAI, are incorporated into this
SAI by reference.
































                                  July 1, 1999

                                       1
<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS     PAGE

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS........................................................4
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES.............................................6
Strong Institutional Bond Fund.................................................6
Borrowing......................................................................6
Cash Management................................................................6
Convertible Securities.........................................................6
Debt Obligations...............................................................7
Depositary Receipts............................................................7
Derivative Instruments.........................................................8
Duration......................................................................17
Foreign Investment Companies..................................................17
Foreign Securities............................................................18
High-Yield (High-Risk) Securities.............................................18
Illiquid Securities...........................................................20
Lending of Portfolio Securities...............................................20
Loan Interests................................................................21
Maturity......................................................................22
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Debt Securities....................................22
Municipal Obligations.........................................................23
Participation Interests.......................................................24
Repurchase Agreements.........................................................24
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls.......................24
Short Sales...................................................................25
Sovereign Debt................................................................25
Standby Commitments...........................................................27
Temporary Defensive Position..................................................27
U.S. Government Securities....................................................27
Variable- or Floating-Rate Securities.........................................28
Warrants......................................................................29
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities...................................29
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities..........................29
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS........................................................30
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS........................................................31
INVESTMENT ADVISOR............................................................31
DISTRIBUTOR...................................................................34
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE..........................................35
CUSTODIAN.....................................................................38
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT..................................38
TAXES.........................................................................38
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..............................................41
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION............................................41
ORGANIZATION..................................................................44
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS..........................................................44
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.......................................................45
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS.......................................................51
LEGAL COUNSEL.................................................................51
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................51
APPENDIX A - ASSET COMPOSITION BY BOND RATINGS................................52
APPENDIX B - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS.......................................53




                                       2
<PAGE>


No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this SAI and its corresponding
Prospectus, and if given or made, such information or representations may not
be relied upon as having been authorized.  This SAI does not constitute an
offer to sell securities.

                                       3
<PAGE>


                            INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The following are the Fund's fundamental investment limitations which, along
with the Fund's investment objective (which is described in the Prospectus),
cannot be changed without shareholder approval.  To obtain approval, a majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting shares must vote for the change.  A majority
of the Fund's outstanding voting securities means the vote of the lesser of:
(1) 67% or more of the voting securities present, if more than 50% of the
outstanding voting securities are present or represented, or (2)  more than 50%
of the outstanding voting shares.

Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund:

1.     May not with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities
of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (1) more than 5% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (2)
the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that
issuer.

2.     May (1) borrow money from banks and (2) make other investments or engage
in other transactions permissible under the Investment Company Act of 1940
("1940 Act") which may involve a borrowing, provided that the combination of
(1) and (2) shall not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets
(including the amount borrowed), less the Fund's liabilities (other than
borrowings), except that the Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its
total assets (not including the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary or
emergency purposes (but not for leverage or the purchase of investments).  The
Fund may also borrow money from the other Strong Funds or other persons to the
extent permitted by applicable law.

3.     May not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.

4.     May not act as an underwriter of another issuer's securities, except to
the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase and sale of
portfolio securities.

5.     May not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a
result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not
prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts, or
other derivative instruments, or from investing in securities or other
instruments backed by physical commodities).

6.     May not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of the Fund's
total assets would be lent to other persons, except through (1) purchases of
debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in repurchase
agreements.

7.     May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than
25% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers,
the principal business activities of which are in the same industry.

8.     May not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of
ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prohibit the
Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed by real
estate or of issuers engaged in real estate activities).

9.     May, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment policy or
restriction, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
management investment company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, policies, and restrictions as the Fund.

                                       4
<PAGE>

NON-FUNDAMENTAL OPERATING POLICIES

The following are the Fund's non-fundamental operating policies which may be
changed by the Fund's Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

Unless indicated otherwise below, the Fund may not:

1.     Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain
securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or
unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and positions
of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") or its staff, and provided
that transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts,
or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities
short.

2.     Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such
short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and
provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on
futures contracts, or other derivative instruments shall not constitute
purchasing securities on margin.

3.     Invest in illiquid securities if, as a result of such investment, more
than 15% (10% with respect to a money fund) of its net assets would be invested
in illiquid securities, or such other amounts as may be permitted under the
1940 Act.

4.     Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance
with the 1940 Act and applicable state law.

5.     Invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
investment management company with substantially the same fundamental
investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.

6.     Engage in futures or options on futures transactions which are
impermissible pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act and, in
accordance with Rule 4.5, will use futures or options on futures transactions
solely for bona fide hedging transactions (within the meaning of the Commodity
Exchange Act), provided, however, that the Fund may, in addition to bona fide
hedging transactions, use futures and options on futures transactions if the
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions,
less the amount by which any such options positions are in the money (within
the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act), do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net
assets.

7.     Borrow money except (1) from banks or (2) through reverse repurchase
agreements or mortgage dollar rolls, and will not purchase securities when bank
borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.

8.     Make any loans other than loans of portfolio securities, except through
(1) purchases of debt securities or other debt instruments, or (2) engaging in
repurchase agreements.

Unless noted otherwise, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time
of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a
change in the Fund's assets (I.E. due to cash inflows or redemptions) or in
market value of the investment or the Fund's assets will not constitute a
violation of that restriction.


                                       5
<PAGE>


                       INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund's investment
objective, policies, and techniques described in the Prospectus.


STRONG INSTITUTIONAL BOND FUND


- - Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the Fund's net assets will be
  invested in investment-grade debt obligations, which include a range of
  securities from those in the highest rating category to those rated
  medium-quality (E.G., BBB or higher by S&P).


- - The Fund may also invest up to 20% of its net assets in non-investment-grade
  debt obligations and other high-yield (high-risk) securities (E.G., those
  bonds rated as low as C by S&P).


- - The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in securities denominated in
  foreign currencies, and may invest beyond this limit in U.S.
  dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers.

BORROWING

 The Fund may borrow money from banks and make other investments or engage in
 other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a
 borrowing (such as mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements).
 However, the Fund may not purchase securities when bank borrowings exceed 5%
 of the Fund's total assets.  Presently, the Fund only intends to borrow from
 banks for temporary or emergency purposes.

 The Fund has established a line-of-credit ("LOC") with certain banks by which
 it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes.  A borrowing is
 presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by the Fund
 within 60 days and is not extended or renewed.  The Fund intends to use the
 LOC to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the
 Fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the
 Fund's remaining shareholders.  The Fund pays a commitment fee to the banks
 for the LOC.

 CASH MANAGEMENT

 The Fund may invest directly in cash and short-term fixed-income securities,
 including, for this purpose, shares of one or more money market funds managed
 by Strong Capital Management, Inc., the Fund's investment advisor ("Advisor")
 (collectively, the "Strong Money Funds").  The Strong Money Funds seek current
 income, a stable share price of $1.00, and daily liquidity.  All money market
 instruments can change in value when interest rates or an issuer's
 creditworthiness change dramatically.  The Strong Money Funds cannot guarantee
 that they will always be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00
 per share.

 CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES

 Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks, or
 other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified
 amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular
 period of time at a specified price or formula.  A convertible security
 entitles the holder to receive interest normally paid or accrued on debt or
 the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or
 is redeemed, converted, or exchanged.  Convertible securities have unique
 investment characteristics in that they generally (1) have higher yields than
 common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities,
 (2) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock since
 they have fixed income characteristics, and (3) provide the potential for
 capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock
 increases.  Most convertible securities currently are issued by U.S.
 companies, although a substantial Eurodollar convertible securities market has
 developed, and the markets for convertible securities denominated in local
 currencies are increasing.

 The value of a convertible security is a function of its "investment value"
 (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of
 comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and
 its "conversion value" (the security's worth, at market value, if converted
 into the underlying common stock).  The investment value of a convertible

                                       6
<PAGE>

security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value
declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline.
The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on
the convertible security's investment value.  The conversion value of a
convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common
stock.  If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the
price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment
value.  Generally, the conversion value decreases as the convertible security
approaches maturity.  To the extent the market price of the underlying common
stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible
security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value.  A
convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value
by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the
underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.

 A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the
 issuer at a price established in the convertible security's governing
 instrument.  If a convertible security is called for redemption, the Fund will
 be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the
 underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

 DEBT OBLIGATIONS

 The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in debt obligations.  Issuers of
 debt obligations have a contractual obligation to pay interest at a specified
 rate on specified dates and to repay principal on a specified maturity date.
 Certain debt obligations (usually intermediate- and long-term bonds) have
 provisions that allow the issuer to redeem or "call" a bond before its
 maturity.  Issuers are most likely to call such securities during periods of
 falling interest rates and the Fund may have to replace such securities with
 lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return for the Fund.

 PRICE VOLATILITY.  The market value of debt obligations is affected primarily
 by changes in prevailing interest rates.  The market value of a debt
 obligation generally reacts inversely to interest-rate changes, meaning, when
 prevailing interest rates decline, an obligation's price usually rises, and
 when prevailing interest rates rise, an obligation's price usually declines.

 MATURITY.  In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the
 higher its yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
 Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the
 price stability.  Commercial paper is generally considered the shortest
 maturity form of debt obligation.

 CREDIT QUALITY.  The values of debt obligations may also be affected by
 changes in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers.
 Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the higher the degree
 of risk as to the payment of interest and return of principal.  To compensate
 investors for taking on such increased risk, those issuers deemed to be less
 creditworthy generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than
 do issuers with better credit ratings.

 In conducting its credit research and analysis, the Advisor considers both
 qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of
 individual issuers.  The Advisor also relies, in part, on credit ratings
 compiled by a number of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations
 ("NRSROs").

 DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS

 The Fund may invest in foreign securities by purchasing depositary receipts,
 including American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") and European Depositary
 Receipts ("EDRs"), or other securities convertible into securities of foreign
 issuers.  These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
 currency as the securities into which they may be converted.  Generally, ADRs,
 in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use
 in the U.S. securities markets, while EDRs, in bearer form, may be denominated
 in other currencies and are designed for use in the European securities
 markets.  ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company
 evidencing ownership of the underlying securities.  EDRs are European receipts
 evidencing a similar arrangement.  For purposes of the Fund's investment
 policies, ADRs and EDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the
 underlying securities they represent, except that ADRs and EDRs shall be
 treated as indirect foreign investments.  For example, an ADR or EDR
 representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.
 Depositary receipts do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly
 investing in the securities of foreign issuers.

                                       7
<PAGE>

 ADR facilities may be established as either "unsponsored" or "sponsored."
 While ADRs issued under these two types of facilities are in some respects
 similar, there are distinctions between them relating to the rights and
 obligations of ADR holders and the practices of market participants.

 A depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by
 (or even necessarily the permission of) the issuer of the deposited
 securities, although typically the depositary requests a letter of
 non-objection from such issuer prior to the establishment of the facility.
 Holders of unsponsored ADRs generally bear all the costs of such facility.
 The depositary usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the
 deposited securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars, the
 disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services.
 The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to
 pass through voting rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited
 securities.  In addition, an unsponsored facility is generally not obligated
 to distribute communications received from the issuer of the deposited
 securities or to disclose material information about such issuer in the U.S.
 and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market
 value of the depositary receipts.

 Sponsored ADR facilities are created in generally the same manner as
 unsponsored facilities, except that the issuer of the deposited securities
 enters into a deposit agreement with the depositary.  The deposit agreement
 sets out the rights and responsibilities of the issuer, the depositary, and
 the ADR holders.  With sponsored facilities, the issuer of the deposited
 securities generally will bear some of the costs relating to the facility
 (such as dividend payment fees of the depositary), although ADR holders
 continue to bear certain other costs (such as deposit and withdrawal fees).
 Under the terms of most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to
 distribute notices of shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to
 provide shareholder communications and other information to the ADR holders at
 the request of the issuer of the deposited securities.

 DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

 IN GENERAL.  The Fund may use derivative instruments for any lawful purpose
 consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing risk.
 Derivative instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts
 whose values depend on (or "derive" from) the value of one or more other
 assets, such as securities, currencies, or commodities.  These "other assets"
 are commonly referred to as "underlying assets."

 A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits
 characteristics similar to OPTIONS or FORWARD CONTRACTS. Options and forward
 contracts are considered to be the basic "building blocks" of derivatives. For
 example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, swap contracts,
 as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately
 negotiated, over-the-counter ("OTC") options (including caps, floors, collars,
 and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on
 futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or
 forward contracts in different ways, and by applying these structures to a
 wide range of underlying assets.

 An option is a contract in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain
 amount ("premium") to the "writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not
 the obligation, to buy from the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in
 a "put") a specific asset at an agreed upon price at or before a certain time.
 The holder pays the premium at inception and has no further financial
 obligation.  The holder of an option-based derivative generally will benefit
 from favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not
 exposed to corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the
 underlying asset.  The writer of an option-based derivative generally will
 receive fees or premiums but generally is exposed to losses due to changes in
 the value of the underlying asset.

 A forward is a sales contract between a buyer (holding the "long" position)
 and a seller (holding the "short" position) for an asset with delivery
 deferred until a future date.  The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the
 agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset.  The seller
 hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon
 price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a
 forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in
 value of the underlying asset.

 HEDGING.  The Fund may use derivative instruments to protect against possible
 adverse changes in the market value of securities held in, or are anticipated
 to be held in, its portfolio.  Derivatives may also be used to "lock-in"
 realized but unrecognized gains in the value of its portfolio securities.
 Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or
 partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements in the
 investments being hedged.  However,

                                       8
<PAGE>

hedging strategies can also reduce the opportunity for gain by offsetting the
positive effect of favorable price movements in the hedged investments.  To the
extent that a hedge matures prior to or after the disposition of the investment
subject to the hedge, any gain or loss on the hedge will be realized earlier or
later than any offsetting gain or loss on the hedged investment.

 MANAGING RISK.  The Fund may also use derivative instruments to manage the
 risks of its portfolio.  Risk management strategies include, but are not
 limited to, facilitating the sale of portfolio securities, managing the
 effective maturity or duration of debt obligations in its portfolio,
 establishing a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for buying
 or selling certain securities, or creating or altering exposure to certain
 asset classes, such as equity, debt, or foreign securities.  The use of
 derivative instruments may provide a less expensive, more expedient or more
 specifically focused way to invest than "traditional" securities (I.E., stocks
 or bonds) would.

 EXCHANGE AND OTC DERIVATIVES.  Derivative instruments may be exchange-traded
 or traded in OTC transactions between private parties.  Exchange-traded
 derivatives are standardized options and futures contracts traded in an
 auction on the floor of a regulated exchange.  Exchange contracts are
 generally very liquid.  The exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of
 every contract.  Thus, each holder of an exchange contract bears the credit
 risk of the clearinghouse (and has the benefit of its financial strength)
 rather than that of a particular counterparty.  OTC transactions are subject
 to additional risks, such as the credit risk of the counterparty to the
 instrument, and are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they
 often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction.

 RISKS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS.  The use of derivative instruments involves
 risks and special considerations as described below.  Risks pertaining to
 particular derivative instruments are described in the sections that follow.


  (1)     MARKET RISK.  The primary risk of derivatives is the same as the risk
 of the underlying assets, namely that the value of the underlying asset may go
 up or down.  Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose
 the Fund to losses.  Derivative instruments may include elements of leverage
 and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative instrument in
 relation to the underlying asset may be magnified.  The successful use of
 derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly the
 ability of the Advisor to predict movements of the securities, currencies, and
 commodity markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in
 the prices of individual securities.  There can be no assurance that any
 particular strategy adopted will succeed.  The Advisor's decision to engage in
 a derivative instrument will reflect its judgment that the derivative
 transaction will provide value to the Fund and its shareholders and is
 consistent with the Fund's objectives, investment limitations, and operating
 policies.  In making such a judgment, the Advisor will analyze the benefits
 and risks of the derivative transaction and weigh them in the context of the
 Fund's entire portfolio and investment objective.


  (2)     CREDIT RISK.  The Fund will be subject to the risk that a loss may be
 sustained as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply with the
 terms of a derivative instrument.  The counterparty risk for exchange-traded
 derivative instruments is generally less than for privately negotiated or OTC
 derivative instruments, since generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer
 or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument, provides a guarantee of
 performance.  For privately negotiated instruments, there is no similar
 clearing agency guarantee.  In all transactions, the Fund will bear the risk
 that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the
 expected benefit of the derivative transaction and possibly other losses.  The
 Fund will enter into transactions in derivative instruments only with
 counterparties that the Advisor reasonably believes are capable of performing
 under the contract.

  (3)     CORRELATION RISK.  When a derivative transaction is used to
 completely hedge another position, changes in the market value of the combined
 position (the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged) result
 from an imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two
 instruments.  With a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains
 unchanged for any change in the price of the underlying asset.  With an
 imperfect hedge, the values of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not
 perfectly correlated.  Correlation risk is the risk that there might be
 imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of an
 instrument and price movements of investments being hedged.  For example, if
 the value of a derivative instruments used in a short hedge (such as writing a
 call option, buying a put option, or selling a futures contract) increased by
 less than the decline in value of the hedged investments, the hedge would not
 be perfectly correlated.  Such a lack of correlation might occur due to
 factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as
 speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments are
 traded.  The effectiveness of hedges using instruments on

                                       9
<PAGE>

indices will depend, in part, on the degree of correlation between price
movements in the index and price movements in the investments being hedged.

  (4)     LIQUIDITY RISK.  Derivatives are also subject to liquidity risk.
 Liquidity risk is the risk that a derivative instrument cannot be sold, closed
 out, or replaced quickly at or very close to its fundamental value.
 Generally, exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange
 clearinghouse is the counterparty of every contract.  OTC transactions are
 less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be
 closed out with the other party to the transaction.  The Fund might be
 required by applicable regulatory requirement to maintain assets as "cover,"
 maintain segregated accounts, and/or make margin payments when it takes
 positions in derivative instruments involving obligations to third parties
 (I.E., instruments other than purchased options).  If the Fund was unable to
 close out its positions in such instruments, it might be required to continue
 to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position
 expired, matured, or was closed out.  The requirements might impair the Fund's
 ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it
 would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a
 portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.  The Fund's ability to sell or
 close out a position in an instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends
 on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a
 market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a
 transaction closing out the position.  Therefore, there is no assurance that
 any derivatives  position can be sold or closed out at a time and price that
 is favorable to the Fund.

  (5)     LEGAL RISK.  Legal risk is the risk of loss caused by the legal
 unenforcibility of a party's obligations under the derivative.  While a party
 seeking price certainty agrees to surrender the potential upside in exchange
 for downside protection, the party taking the risk is looking for a positive
 payoff.  Despite this voluntary assumption of risk, a counterparty that has
 lost money in a derivative transaction may try to avoid payment by exploiting
 various legal uncertainties about certain derivative products.

  (6)     SYSTEMIC OR "INTERCONNECTION" RISK.  Interconnection risk is the risk
 that a disruption in the financial markets will cause difficulties for all
 market participants.  In other words, a disruption in one market will spill
 over into other markets, perhaps creating a chain reaction.  Much of the OTC
 derivatives market takes place among the OTC dealers themselves, thus creating
 a large interconnected web of financial obligations.  This interconnectedness
 raises the possibility that a default by one large dealer could create losses
 at other dealers and destabilize the entire market for OTC derivative
 instruments.

 GENERAL LIMITATIONS.  The use of derivative instruments is subject to
 applicable regulations of the SEC, the several options and futures exchanges
 upon which they may be traded, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
 ("CFTC"), and various state regulatory authorities.  In addition, the Fund's
 ability to use derivative instruments may be limited by certain tax
 considerations.

 The Fund has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition
 of the term "commodity pool operator" with the CFTC and the National Futures
 Association, which regulate trading in the futures markets.  In accordance
 with Rule 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA"), the
 notice of eligibility for the Fund includes representations that the Fund will
 use futures contracts and related options solely for bona fide hedging
 purposes within the meaning of CFTC regulations, provided that the Fund may
 hold other positions in futures contracts and related options that do not
 qualify as a bona fide hedging position if the aggregate initial margin
 deposits and premiums required to establish these positions, less the amount
 by which any such futures contracts and related options positions are "in the
 money," do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets.  Adherence to these
 guidelines does not limit the Fund's risk to 5% of the Fund's assets.

 The SEC has identified certain trading practices involving derivative
 instruments that involve the potential for leveraging the Fund's assets in a
 manner that raises issues under the 1940 Act.  In order to limit the potential
 for the leveraging of the Fund's assets, as defined under the 1940 Act, the
 SEC has stated that the Fund may use coverage or the segregation of the Fund's
 assets.  To the extent required by SEC guidelines, the Fund will not enter
 into any such transactions unless it owns either: (1) an offsetting
 ("covered") position in securities, options, futures, or derivative
 instruments; or (2) cash or liquid securities positions with a value
 sufficient at all times to cover its potential obligations to the extent that
 the position is not "covered".  The Fund will also set aside cash and/or
 appropriate liquid assets in a segregated custodial account if required to do
 so by SEC and CFTC regulations.  Assets used as cover or held in a segregated
 account cannot be sold while the derivative position is open, unless they are
 replaced with similar assets.  As a result, the commitment of a large portion
 of the Fund's assets to segregated accounts could impede portfolio management
 or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests or other current
 obligations.

                                      10
<PAGE>

 In some cases, the Fund may be required to maintain or limit exposure to a
 specified percentage of its assets to a particular asset class.  In such
 cases, when the Fund uses a derivative instrument to increase or decrease
 exposure to an asset class and is required by applicable SEC guidelines to set
 aside liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations under
 the derivative instruments, the Advisor may, where reasonable in light of the
 circumstances, measure compliance with the applicable percentage by reference
 to the nature of the economic exposure created through the use of the
 derivative instrument and not by reference to the nature of the exposure
 arising from the liquid assets set aside in the segregated account (unless
 another interpretation is specified by applicable regulatory requirements).

 OPTIONS.  The Fund may use options for any lawful purpose consistent with its
 investment objective such as hedging or managing risk.  An option is a
 contract in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain amount ("premium")
 to the "writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not the obligation, to
 buy from the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a "put") a
 specific asset at an agreed upon price ("strike price" or "exercise price") at
 or before a certain time ("expiration date").  The holder pays the premium at
 inception and has no further financial obligation.  The holder of an option
 will benefit from favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but
 is not exposed to corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value
 of the underlying asset.  The writer of an option will receive fees or
 premiums but is exposed to losses due to changes in the value of the
 underlying asset.  The Fund may buy or write (sell) put and call options on
 assets, such as securities, currencies, financial commodities, and indices of
 debt and equity securities ("underlying assets") and enter into closing
 transactions with respect to such options to terminate an existing position.
 Options used by the Fund may include European, American, and Bermuda style
 options.  If an option is exercisable only at maturity, it is a "European"
 option; if it is also exercisable prior to maturity, it is an "American"
 option.  If it is exercisable only at certain times, it is a "Bermuda" option.

 The Fund may purchase (buy) and write (sell) put and call options underlying
 assets and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to
 terminate an existing position.  The purchase of a call option serves as a
 long hedge, and the purchase of a put option serves as a short hedge.  Writing
 put or call options can enable the Fund to enhance income by reason of the
 premiums paid by the purchaser of such options.  Writing call options serves
 as a limited short hedge because declines in the value of the hedged
 investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing
 the option.  However, if the security appreciates to a price higher than the
 exercise price of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be
 exercised and the Fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its
 market value or will be obligated to purchase the security at a price greater
 than that at which the security must be sold under the option.  All or a
 portion of any assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund would
 be considered illiquid to the extent described under "Investment Policies and
 Techniques - Illiquid Securities."  Writing put options serves as a limited
 long hedge because decreases in the value of the hedged investment would be
 offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option.  However,
 if the security depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the
 put option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the
 Fund will be obligated to purchase the security at more than its market value.

 The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the
 historical price volatility of the underlying investment, the current market
 value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the
 relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying
 investment, and general market conditions.

 The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by
 entering into a closing transaction.  For example, the Fund may terminate its
 obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an
 identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction.
 Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had
 purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a
 closing sale transaction.  Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize the
 profit or limit the loss on an option position prior to its exercise or
 expiration.

 The Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options.
 Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with
 the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees
 completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.  In contrast, OTC
 options are contracts between the Fund and the other party to the transaction
 ("counterparty") (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing
 organization guarantee.  Thus, when the Fund purchases or writes an OTC
 option, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the
 underlying investment upon exercise of the option.  Failure by the
 counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund
 as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

                                      11
<PAGE>

 The Fund's ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed
 options depends on the existence of a liquid market.  The Fund intends to
 purchase or write only those exchange-traded options for which there appears
 to be a liquid secondary market.  However, there can be no assurance that such
 a market will exist at any particular time.  Closing transactions can be made
 for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a
 transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists.  Although the
 Fund will enter into OTC options only with counter parties that are expected
 to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there is no
 assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option at a
 favorable price prior to expiration.  In the event of insolvency of the
 counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at
 any time prior to its expiration.  If the Fund were unable to effect a closing
 transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the
 option to realize any profit.

 The Fund may engage in options transactions on indices in much the same manner
 as the options on securities discussed above, except the index options may
 serve as a hedge against overall fluctuations in the securities market
 represented by the relevant market index.

 The writing and purchasing of options is a highly specialized activity that
 involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with
 ordinary portfolio securities transactions.  Imperfect correlation between the
 options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of the
 attempted hedging.

 SPREAD TRANSACTIONS.  The Fund may use spread transactions for any lawful
 purpose consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing
 risk.  The Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers.
 Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or
 exchange-traded.  The purchase of a spread option gives the Fund the right to
 put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield
 spread in relation to another security that the Fund does not own, but which
 is used as a benchmark.  The risk to the Fund in purchasing covered spread
 options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any
 transaction costs.  In addition, there is no assurance that closing
 transactions will be available.  The purchase of spread options will be used
 to protect the Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality
 spreads, I.E., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality
 securities.  Such protection is only provided during the life of the spread
 option.

 FUTURES CONTRACTS.  The Fund may use futures contracts for any lawful purpose
 consistent with its investment objective such as hedging or managing risk.
 The Fund may enter into futures contracts, including, but not limited to,
 interest rate and index futures.  The Fund may also purchase put and call
 options, and write covered put and call options, on futures in which it is
 allowed to invest.  The purchase of futures or call options thereon can serve
 as a long hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options
 thereon can serve as a short hedge.  Writing covered call options on futures
 contracts can serve as a limited short hedge, and writing covered put options
 on futures contracts can serve as a limited long hedge, using a strategy
 similar to that used for writing covered options in securities.  The Fund may
 also write put options on futures contracts while at the same time purchasing
 call options on the same futures contracts in order to create synthetically a
 long futures contract position.  Such options would have the same strike
 prices and expiration dates.  The Fund will engage in this strategy only when
 the Advisor believes it is more advantageous to the Fund than purchasing the
 futures contract.

 To the extent required by regulatory authorities, the Fund only enters into
 futures contracts that are traded on national futures exchanges and are
 standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument.  Futures
 exchanges and trading are regulated under the CEA by the CFTC.  Although
 techniques other than sales and purchases of futures contracts could be used
 to reduce the Fund's exposure to market or interest rate fluctuations, the
 Fund may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower
 cost through the use of futures contracts.

 An interest rate futures contract provides for the future sale by one party
 and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific financial
 instrument (E.G., debt security) for a specified price at a designated date,
 time, and place.  An index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which
 the parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the
 difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day
 of the contract and the price at which the index futures contract was
 originally written.  Transaction costs are incurred when a futures contract is
 bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained.  A futures contract may
 be satisfied by delivery or purchase, as the case may be, of the instrument or
 by payment of the change in the cash value of the index.  More commonly,
 futures contracts are closed out prior to delivery by entering into an
 offsetting transaction in a matching futures contract.  Although the value of
 an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no
 physical delivery of those securities is made.  If the offsetting purchase
 price is less

                                      12
<PAGE>

than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is more, the Fund
realizes a loss.  Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the
original purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, the Fund
realizes a loss.  The transaction costs must also be included in these
calculations.  There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able
to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures
contract at a particular time.  If the Fund is not able to enter into an
offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the
margin deposits on the futures contract.

 No price is paid by the Fund upon entering into a futures contract.  Instead,
 at the inception of a futures contract, the Fund is required to deposit in a
 segregated account with its custodian, in the name of the futures broker
 through whom the transaction was effected, "initial margin" consisting of cash
 and/or other appropriate liquid assets in an amount generally equal to 10% or
 less of the contract value.  Margin must also be deposited when writing a call
 or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange
 rules.  Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures
 contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a
 performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the
 termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been
 satisfied.  Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility,
 the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial
 margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally
 in the future by regulatory action.

 Subsequent "variation margin" payments are made to and from the futures broker
 daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as "marking
 to market."  Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather
 represents a daily settlement of the Fund's obligations to or from a futures
 broker.  When the Fund purchases an option on a future, the premium paid plus
 transaction costs is all that is at risk.  In contrast, when the Fund
 purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon,
 it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the
 event of adverse price movements.  If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet
 daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a
 time when such sales are disadvantageous.  Purchasers and sellers of futures
 positions and options on futures can enter into offsetting closing
 transactions by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical
 to the instrument held or written.  Positions in futures and options on
 futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a
 secondary market.  The Fund intends to enter into futures transactions only on
 exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be a liquid secondary
 market.  However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist for
 a particular contract at a particular time.

 Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on
 the amount that the price of a future or option on a futures contract can vary
 from the previous day's settlement price; once that limit is reached, no
 trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit.  Daily price limits
 do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for
 several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing
 liquidation of unfavorable positions.

 If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures or option on a futures contract
 position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of
 price limits, it could incur substantial losses.  The Fund would continue to
 be subject to market risk with respect to the position.  In addition, except
 in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to
 make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the
 position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or
 securities in a segregated account.

 Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that
 movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts
 might not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the investments
 being hedged.  For example, all participants in the futures and options on
 futures contracts markets are subject to daily variation margin calls and
 might be compelled to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts
 positions whose prices are moving unfavorably to avoid being subject to
 further calls.  These liquidations could increase price volatility of the
 instruments and distort the normal price relationship between the futures or
 options and the investments being hedged.  Also, because initial margin
 deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin
 requirements in the securities markets, there might be increased participation
 by speculators in the future markets.  This participation also might cause
 temporary price distortions.  In addition, activities of large traders in both
 the futures and securities markets involving arbitrage, "program trading" and
 other investment strategies might result in temporary price distortions.

 FOREIGN CURRENCIES.  The Fund may purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot
 basis, and may use currency-related derivatives instruments such as options on
 foreign currencies, futures on foreign currencies, options on futures on
 foreign currencies and forward currency contracts (I.E., an obligation to
 purchase or sell a specific currency at a specified future date, which may be
 any fixed number of days from the contract date agreed upon by the parties, at
 a price set at the time the contract

                                      13
<PAGE>

is entered into).  The Fund may use these instruments for hedging or any other
lawful purpose consistent with the Fund's investment objective, including
transaction hedging, anticipatory hedging, cross hedging, proxy hedging, and
position hedging.  The Fund's use of currency-related derivative instruments
will be directly related to the Fund's current or anticipated portfolio
securities, and the Fund may engage in transactions in currency-related
derivative instruments as a means to protect against some or all of the effects
of adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates on its investment
portfolio.  In general, if the currency in which a portfolio investment is
denominated appreciates against the U.S. dollar, the dollar value of the
security will increase.  Conversely, a decline in the exchange rate of the
currency would adversely affect the value of the portfolio investment expressed
in U.S. dollars.

 For example, the Fund might use currency-related derivative instruments to
 "lock in" a U.S. dollar price for a portfolio investment, thereby enabling the
 Fund to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse
 change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign
 currency during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold
 and the date on which payment is made or received.  The Fund also might use
 currency-related derivative instruments when the Advisor believes that one
 currency may experience a substantial movement against another currency,
 including the U.S. dollar, and it may use currency-related derivative
 instruments to sell or buy the amount of the former foreign currency,
 approximating the value of some or all of the Fund's portfolio securities
 denominated in such foreign currency.  Alternatively, where appropriate, the
 Fund may use currency-related derivative instruments to hedge all or part of
 its foreign currency exposure through the use of a basket of currencies or a
 proxy currency where such currency or currencies act as an effective proxy for
 other currencies.  The use of this basket hedging technique may be more
 efficient and economical than using separate currency-related derivative
 instruments for each currency exposure held by the Fund.  Furthermore,
 currency-related derivative instruments may be used for short hedges - for
 example, the Fund may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S.
 dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of  a security
 denominated in a foreign currency.

 In addition, the Fund may use a currency-related derivative instrument to
 shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one foreign country to
 another foreign country where the Advisor believes that the foreign currency
 exposure purchased will appreciate relative to the U.S. dollar and thus better
 protect the Fund against the expected decline in the foreign currency exposure
 sold.  For example, if the Fund owns securities denominated in a foreign
 currency and the Advisor believes that currency will decline, it might enter
 into a forward contract to sell an appropriate amount of the first foreign
 currency, with payment to be made in a second foreign currency that the
 Advisor believes would better protect the Fund against the decline in the
 first security than would a U.S. dollar exposure.  Hedging transactions that
 use two foreign currencies are sometimes referred to as "cross hedges."  The
 effective use of currency-related derivative instruments by the Fund in a
 cross hedge is dependent upon a correlation between price movements of the two
 currency instruments and the underlying security involved, and the use of two
 currencies magnifies the risk that movements in the price of one instrument
 may not correlate or may correlate unfavorably with the foreign currency being
 hedged.  Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to
 the value of the currency instruments used or investments being hedged, such
 as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments
 are traded.

 The Fund also might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular
 currency when no hedging instruments on that currency are available or such
 hedging instruments are more expensive than certain other hedging instruments.
 In such cases, the Fund may hedge against price movements in that currency by
 entering into transactions using currency-related derivative instruments on
 another foreign currency or a basket of currencies, the values of which the
 Advisor believes will have a high degree of positive correlation to the value
 of the currency being hedged.  The risk that movements in the price of the
 hedging instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of
 the currency being hedged is magnified when this strategy is used.

 The use of currency-related derivative instruments by the Fund involves a
 number of risks.  The value of currency-related derivative instruments depends
 on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar.  Because
 foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve
 substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such derivative
 instruments, the Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot
 market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the
 underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round
 lots (generally consisting of transactions of greater than $1 million).

 There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
 currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through
 dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.
 Quotation information generally is

                                      14
<PAGE>

representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus
might not reflect odd-lot transactions where rates might be less favorable.
The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, round-the-clock market.
To the extent the U.S. options or futures markets are closed while the markets
for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements
might take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the
markets for the derivative instruments until they re-open.

 Settlement of transactions in currency-related derivative instruments might be
 required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency.
 Thus, the Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying
 foreign currency in accordance with any U.S.  or foreign regulations regarding
 the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S.  residents and might
 be required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery
 assessed in the issuing country.

 When the Fund engages in a transaction in a currency-related derivative
 instrument, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the
 underlying currency at the maturity of the contract or otherwise complete the
 contract.  In other words, the Fund will be subject to the risk that a loss
 may be sustained by the Fund as a result of the failure of the counterparty to
 comply with the terms of the transaction.  The counterparty risk for
 exchange-traded instruments is generally less than for privately negotiated or
 OTC currency instruments, since generally a clearing agency, which is the
 issuer or counterparty to each instrument, provides a guarantee of
 performance.  For privately negotiated instruments, there is no similar
 clearing agency guarantee.  In all transactions, the Fund will bear the risk
 that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the
 expected benefit of the transaction and possibly other losses to the Fund.
 The Fund will enter into transactions in currency-related derivative
 instruments only with counterparties that the Advisor reasonably believes are
 capable of performing under the contract.

 Purchasers and sellers of currency-related derivative instruments may enter
 into offsetting closing transactions by selling or purchasing, respectively,
 an instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold.  Secondary
 markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result
 that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts
 only by negotiating directly with the counterparty.  Thus, there can be no
 assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency
 contract (or any other currency-related derivative instrument) at a time and
 price favorable to the Fund.  In addition, in the event of insolvency of the
 counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out a forward currency
 contract at any time prior to maturity.  In the case of an exchange-traded
 instrument, the Fund will be able to close the position out only on an
 exchange which provides a market for the instruments.  The ability to
 establish and close out positions on an exchange is subject to the maintenance
 of a liquid market, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market will
 exist for any instrument at any specific time.  In the case of a privately
 negotiated instrument, the Fund will be able to realize the value of the
 instrument only by entering into a closing transaction with the issuer or
 finding a third party buyer for the instrument.  While the Fund will enter
 into privately negotiated transactions only with entities who are expected to
 be capable of entering into a closing transaction, there can be no assurance
 that the Fund will in fact be able to enter into such closing transactions.

 The precise matching of currency-related derivative instrument amounts and the
 value of the portfolio securities involved generally will not be possible
 because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will
 change after the currency-related derivative instrument position has been
 established.  Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies
 in the spot (cash) market.  The projection of short-term currency market
 movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term
 hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

 Permissible foreign currency options will include options traded primarily in
 the OTC market.  Although options on foreign currencies are traded primarily
 in the OTC market, the Fund will normally purchase or sell OTC options on
 foreign currency only when the Advisor reasonably believes a liquid secondary
 market will exist for a particular option at any specific time.

 There will be a cost to the Fund of engaging in transactions in
 currency-related derivative instruments that will vary with factors such as
 the contract or currency involved, the length of the contract period and the
 market conditions then prevailing.  The Fund using these instruments may have
 to pay a fee or commission or, in cases where the instruments are entered into
 on a principal basis, foreign exchange dealers or other counterparties will
 realize a profit based on the difference ("spread") between the prices at
 which they are buying and selling various currencies.  Thus, for example, a
 dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while
 offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that
 currency to the dealer.

                                      15
<PAGE>

 When required by the SEC guidelines, the Fund will set aside permissible
 liquid assets in segregated accounts or otherwise cover the Fund's potential
 obligations under currency-related derivatives instruments.  To the extent the
 Fund's assets are so set aside, they cannot be sold while the corresponding
 currency position is open, unless they are replaced with similar assets.  As a
 result, if a large portion of the Fund's assets are so set aside, this could
 impede portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests
 or other current obligations.

 The Advisor's decision to engage in a transaction in a particular
 currency-related derivative instrument will reflect the Advisor's judgment
 that the transaction will provide value to the Fund and its shareholders and
 is consistent with the Fund's objectives and policies.  In making such a
 judgment, the Advisor will analyze the benefits and risks of the transaction
 and weigh them in the context of the Fund's entire portfolio and objectives.
 The effectiveness of any transaction in a currency-related derivative
 instrument is dependent on a variety of factors, including the Advisor's skill
 in analyzing and predicting currency values and upon a correlation between
 price movements of the currency instrument and the underlying security.  There
 might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price
 movements of an instrument and price movements of investments being hedged.
 Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value
 of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the
 markets in which these instruments are traded.  In addition, the Fund's use of
 currency-related derivative instruments is always subject to the risk that the
 currency in question could be devalued by the foreign government.  In such a
 case, any long currency positions would decline in value and could adversely
 affect any hedging position maintained by the Fund.

 The Fund's dealing in currency-related derivative instruments will generally
 be limited to the transactions described  above.  However, the Fund reserves
 the right to use currency-related derivatives instruments for different
 purposes and under different circumstances.  Of course, the Fund is not
 required to use currency-related derivatives instruments and will not do so
 unless deemed appropriate by the Advisor.  It also should be realized that use
 of these instruments does not eliminate, or protect against, price movements
 in the Fund's securities that are attributable to other (I.E., non-currency
 related) causes.  Moreover, while the use of currency-related derivatives
 instruments may reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of a
 hedged currency, at the same time the use of these instruments tends to limit
 any potential gain which may result from an increase in the value of that
 currency.

 SWAP AGREEMENTS.  The Fund may enter into interest rate, securities index,
 commodity, or security and currency exchange rate swap agreements for any
 lawful purpose consistent with the Fund's investment objective, such as for
 the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return or
 spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in
 an instrument that yielded that desired return or spread.  The Fund also may
 enter into swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or
 the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Fund anticipates
 purchasing at a later date.  Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered
 into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks
 to several years.  In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to
 exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized
 on particular predetermined investments or instruments.  The gross returns to
 be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are calculated with respect to a
 "notional amount" (I.E., the return on or increase in value of a particular
 dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate) in a particular foreign
 currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index.
 Swap agreements may include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a
 premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that
 interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap;" interest rate floors, under
 which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other
 to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or "floor;"
 and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a
 floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate
 movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

 The "notional amount" of the swap agreement is the agreed upon basis for
 calculating the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed
 to exchange.  Under most swap agreements entered into by the Fund, the
 obligations of the parties would be exchanged on a "net basis."  Consequently,
 the Fund's obligation (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be
 equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based
 on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement
 ("net amount").  The Fund's obligation under a swap agreement will be accrued
 daily (offset against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net
 amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a
 segregated account consisting of cash and/or other appropriate liquid assets.

 Whether the Fund's use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its
 investment objective will depend, in part, on the Advisor's ability to predict
 correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater
 returns than other

                                      16
<PAGE>

investments.  Swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid.  Moreover, the
Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap
agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement
counterparty.  Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 ("IRC") may limit the Fund's ability to use swap agreements.  The
swaps market is largely unregulated.

 The Fund will enter swap agreements only with counterparties that the Advisor
 reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements.  If
 there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will
 have to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy,
 insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the
 transaction.

 ADDITIONAL DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND STRATEGIES.  In addition to the
 derivative instruments and strategies described above and in the Prospectus,
 the Advisor expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other
 hedging or risk management techniques.  The Advisor may utilize these new
 derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent
 with the Fund's investment objective and permitted by the Fund's investment
 limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.

 DURATION

 Duration was developed as a more precise alternative to the concept of
 "maturity." Traditionally, a debt obligations' maturity has been used as a
 proxy for the sensitivity of the security's price to changes in interest rates
 (which is the "interest rate risk" or "volatility" of the security). However,
 maturity measures only the time until a debt obligation provides its final
 payment, taking no account of the pattern of the security's payments prior to
 maturity. In contrast, duration incorporates a bond's yield, coupon interest
 payments, final maturity and call features into one measure. Duration
 management is one of the fundamental tools used by the Advisor.

 Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt obligation on a present
 value basis. Duration takes the length of the time intervals between the
 present time and the time that the interest and principal payments are
 scheduled or, in the case of a callable bond, the time the principal payments
 are expected to be received, and weights them by the present values of the
 cash to be received at each future point in time. For any debt obligation with
 interest payments occurring prior to the payment of principal, duration is
 always less than maturity. In general, all other things being equal, the lower
 the stated or coupon rate of interest of a fixed income security, the longer
 the duration of the security; conversely, the higher the stated or coupon rate
 of interest of a fixed income security, the shorter the duration of the
 security.

 Futures, options and options on futures have durations which, in general, are
 closely related to the duration of the securities which underlie them. Holding
 long futures or call option positions will lengthen the duration of the Fund's
 portfolio by approximately the same amount of time that holding an equivalent
 amount of the underlying securities would.

 Short futures or put option positions have durations roughly equal to the
 negative duration of the securities that underlie these positions, and have
 the effect of reducing portfolio duration by approximately the same amount of
 time that selling an equivalent amount of the underlying securities would.

 There are some situations where even the standard duration calculation does
 not properly reflect the interest rate exposure of a security. For example,
 floating and variable rate securities often have final maturities of ten or
 more years; however, their interest rate exposure corresponds to the frequency
 of the coupon reset. Another example where the interest rate exposure is not
 properly captured by duration is mortgage pass-through securities. The stated
 final maturity of such securities is generally 30 years, but current
 prepayment rates are more critical in determining the securities' interest
 rate exposure. Finally, the duration of a debt obligation may vary over time
 in response to changes in interest rates and other market factors.

 FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES

 The Fund may invest, to a limited extent, in foreign investment companies.
 Some of the countries in which the Fund invests may not permit direct
 investment by outside investors.  Investments in such countries may only be
 permitted through foreign government-approved or -authorized investment
 vehicles, which may include other investment companies.  In addition, it may
 be less expensive and more expedient for the Fund to invest in a foreign
 investment company in a country which permits

                                      17
<PAGE>

direct foreign investment.  Investing through such vehicles may involve
frequent or layered fees or expenses and may also be subject to limitation
under the 1940 Act.  Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its
assets in shares of other investment companies and up to 5% of its assets in
any one investment company as long as the investment does not represent more
than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company.  The Fund does
not intend to invest in such investment companies unless, in the judgment of
the Advisor, the potential benefits of such investments justify the payment of
any associated fees and expenses.

 FOREIGN SECURITIES

 Investing in foreign securities involves a series of risks not present in
 investing in U.S. securities.  Many of the foreign securities held by the Fund
 will not be registered with the SEC, nor will the foreign issuers be subject
 to SEC reporting requirements.  Accordingly, there may be less publicly
 available information concerning foreign issuers of securities held by the
 Fund than is available concerning U.S. companies.  Disclosure and regulatory
 standards in many respects are less stringent in emerging market countries
 than in the U.S. and other major markets.  There also may be a lower level of
 monitoring and regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors
 in such markets, and enforcement of existing regulations may be extremely
 limited.  Foreign companies, and in particular, companies in smaller and
 emerging capital markets are not generally subject to uniform accounting,
 auditing and financial reporting standards, or to other regulatory
 requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies.  The Fund's net
 investment income and capital gains from its foreign investment activities may
 be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes.

 The costs attributable to foreign investing that the Fund must bear frequently
 are higher than those attributable to domestic investing; this is particularly
 true with respect to emerging capital markets.  For example, the cost of
 maintaining custody of foreign securities exceeds custodian costs for domestic
 securities, and transaction and settlement costs of foreign investing also
 frequently are higher than those attributable to domestic investing.  Costs
 associated with the exchange of currencies also make foreign investing more
 expensive than domestic investing.  Investment income on certain foreign
 securities in which the Fund may invest may be subject to foreign withholding
 or other government taxes that could reduce the return of these securities.
 Tax treaties between the U.S. and foreign countries, however, may reduce or
 eliminate the amount of foreign tax to which the Fund would be subject.

 Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and
 in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep
 pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to
 conduct such transactions.  Delays in settlement could result in temporary
 periods when assets of the Fund are uninvested and are earning no investment
 return.  The inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to
 settlement problems could cause the Fund to miss investment opportunities.
 Inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could
 result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of
 such portfolio security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell
 the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

 HIGH-YIELD (HIGH-RISK) SECURITIES

 IN GENERAL. Non-investment grade debt obligations ("lower-quality securities")
 include (1) bonds rated as low as C by Moody's Investors ("Moody's"), Standard
 & Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P"), and comparable ratings of other nationally
 recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs"); (2) commercial paper
 rated as low as C by S&P, Not Prime by Moody's, and comparable ratings of
 other NRSROs; and (3) unrated debt obligations of comparable quality.
 Lower-quality securities, while generally offering higher yields than
 investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks,
 including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.  They are regarded as
 predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay
 interest and repay principal.  The special risk considerations in connection
 with investments in these securities are discussed below.  Refer to the
 Appendix for a description of the securities ratings.

 EFFECT OF INTEREST RATES AND ECONOMIC CHANGES.  The lower-quality and
 comparable unrated security market is relatively new and its growth has
 paralleled a long economic expansion.  As a result, it is not clear how this
 market may withstand a prolonged recession or economic downturn.  Such
 conditions could severely disrupt the market for and adversely affect the
 value of such securities.

                                      18
<PAGE>

 All interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when
 interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise.  The market
 values of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect
 individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher rated
 securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of
 interest rates.  Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to
 be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities.  As
 a result, they generally involve more credit risks than securities in the
 higher-rated categories.  During an economic downturn or a sustained period of
 rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and
 comparable unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have
 sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations.  The issuer's ability
 to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific
 corporate developments, the issuer's inability to meet specific projected
 business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing.  The risk of
 loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater
 than issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally
 unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors.  Further, if the
 issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, the Fund
 might incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  Periods of economic
 uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in
 the market prices of these securities and thus in the Fund's net asset value.

 As previously stated, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated
 security will decrease in a rising interest rate market and accordingly, so
 will the Fund's net asset value.  If the Fund experiences unexpected net
 redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its
 portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits.  Due to the
 limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities
 (discussed below), the Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a
 substantial discount.  Any such liquidation would force the Fund to sell the
 more liquid portion of its portfolio.

 PAYMENT EXPECTATIONS.  Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities
 typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the
 issuer of such securities containing such provisions to, at its discretion,
 redeem the securities.  During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of
 these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance
 them with debt securities with a lower interest rate.  To the extent an issuer
 is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, the Fund may
 have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which would
 result in a lower return for the Fund.

 CREDIT RATINGS.  Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed
 to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities.
 They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality
 securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an
 investment.  In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely
 changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of
 the issuer that affect the market value of the security.  Consequently, credit
 ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality.
 Investments in lower-quality and comparable unrated obligations will be more
 dependent on the Advisor's credit analysis than would be the case with
 investments in investment-grade debt obligations.  The Advisor employs its own
 credit research and analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital
 structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends, the issuer's
 sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history and the current
 trend of earnings.  The Advisor continually monitors the investments in the
 Fund's portfolio and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain
 lower-quality and comparable unrated securities whose credit ratings or credit
 quality may have changed.

 LIQUIDITY AND VALUATION.  The Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain
 lower-quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin
 trading market for such securities.  Because not all dealers maintain markets
 in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no
 established retail secondary market for many of these securities.  The Fund
 anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of
 dealers or institutional investors.  To the extent a secondary trading market
 does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for
 higher-rated securities.  The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an
 adverse impact on the market price of the security.  As a result, the Fund's
 asset value and ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary to
 meet the Fund's liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event,
 may be impacted.  The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities
 may also make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market
 quotations for purposes of valuing the Fund's portfolio.  Market quotations
 are generally available on many lower-quality and comparable unrated issues
 only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm
 bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales.  During periods of thin
 trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase
 significantly.  In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions,
 whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and
 liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, especially in a
 thinly traded market.

                                      19
<PAGE>


 LEGISLATION.  Legislation may be adopted, from time to time, designed to limit
 the use of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities by certain
 issuers.  It is anticipated that if additional legislation is enacted or
 proposed, it could have a material affect on the value of these securities and
 the existence of a secondary trading market for the securities.

 ILLIQUID SECURITIES

 The Fund may invest in illiquid securities (I.E., securities that are not
 readily marketable).  However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities
 if, as a result, the illiquid securities would comprise more than 15% (10% for
 money market funds) of the value of the Fund's net assets (or such other
 amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act).  However, as a matter of
 internal policy, the Advisor intends to limit the Fund's investments in
 illiquid securities to 10% of its net assets.

 The Board of Directors of the Fund, or its delegate, has the ultimate
 authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities
 laws, which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation.  Certain
 securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from
 registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"),
 such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under Rule
 144A under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) commercial paper, may be
 considered liquid under guidelines adopted by the Fund's Board of Directors.

 The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated to the Advisor the day-to-day
 determination of the liquidity of a security, although it has retained
 oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations.  The Board of
 Directors has directed the Advisor to look to such factors as (1) the
 frequency of trades or quotes for a security, (2) the number of dealers
 willing to purchase or sell the security and number of potential buyers, (3)
 the willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security, (4)
 the nature of the security and nature of the marketplace trades, such as the
 time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and
 the mechanics of transfer, (5) the likelihood that the security's
 marketability will be maintained throughout the anticipated holding period,
 and (6) any other relevant factors.  The Advisor may determine 4(2) commercial
 paper to be liquid if (1) the 4(2) commercial paper is not traded flat or in
 default as to principal and interest, (2) the 4(2) commercial paper is rated
 in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs), or if
 only one NRSRO rates the security, by that NRSRO, or is determined by the
 Advisor to be of equivalent quality, and (3) the Advisor considers the trading
 market for the specific security taking into account all relevant factors.
 With respect to any foreign holdings, a foreign security may be considered
 liquid by the Advisor (despite its restricted nature under the Securities Act)
 if the security can be freely traded in a foreign securities market and all
 the facts and circumstances support a finding of liquidity.

 Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or
 in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in
 effect under the Securities Act.  Where registration is required, the Fund may
 be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a
 considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and
 the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective
 registration statement.  If, during such a period, adverse market conditions
 were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed
 when it decided to sell.  Restricted securities will be priced in accordance
 with pricing procedures adopted by the Board of Directors of the Fund.  If
 through the appreciation of restricted securities or the depreciation of
 unrestricted securities the Fund should be in a position where more than 15%
 of the value of its net assets are invested in illiquid securities, including
 restricted securities which are not readily marketable (except for 144A
 Securities and 4(2) commercial paper deemed to be liquid by the Advisor), the
 Fund will take such steps as is deemed advisable, if any, to protect the
 liquidity of the Fund's portfolio.

 The Fund may sell OTC options and, in connection therewith, segregate assets
 or cover its obligations with respect to OTC options written by the Fund.  The
 assets used as cover for OTC options written by the Fund will be considered
 illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that
 the Fund may repurchase any OTC option it writes at a maximum price to be
 calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement.  The cover for an
 OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered illiquid only
 to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the
 intrinsic value of the option.

 LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

 The Fund is authorized to lend up to 33 1/3% of the total value of its
 portfolio securities to broker-dealers or institutional investors that the
 Advisor deems qualified, but only when the borrower maintains with the Fund's
 custodian bank collateral

                                      20
<PAGE>

either in cash or money market instruments in an amount at least equal to the
market value of the securities loaned, plus accrued interest and dividends,
determined on a daily basis and adjusted accordingly.  Although the Fund is
authorized to lend, the Fund does not presently intend to engage in lending.
In determining whether to lend securities to a particular broker-dealer or
institutional investor, the Advisor will consider, and during the period of the
loan will monitor, all relevant facts and circumstances, including the
creditworthiness of the borrower.  The Fund will retain authority to terminate
any loans at any time.  The Fund may pay reasonable administrative and
custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of
the interest earned on the cash or money market instruments held as collateral
to the borrower or placing broker.  The Fund will receive reasonable interest
on the loan or a flat fee from the borrower and amounts equivalent to any
dividends, interest or other distributions on the securities loaned.  The Fund
will retain record ownership of loaned securities to exercise beneficial
rights, such as voting and subscription rights and rights to dividends,
interest or other distributions, when retaining such rights is considered to be
in the Fund's interest.

LOAN INTERESTS

 The Fund may acquire a loan interest (a "Loan Interest").  A Loan Interest is
 typically originated, negotiated, and structured by a U.S. or foreign
 commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, or other financial
 institution ("Agent") for a lending syndicate of financial institutions.  The
 Agent typically administers and enforces the loan on behalf of the other
 lenders in the syndicate.  In addition, an institution, typically but not
 always the Agent ("Collateral Bank"), holds collateral (if any) on behalf of
 the lenders.  These Loan Interests may take the form of participation
 interests in, assignments of or novations of a loan during its secondary
 distribution, or direct interests during a primary distribution.  Such Loan
 Interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign banks, insurance companies,
 finance companies, or other financial institutions who have made loans or are
 members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of Loan Interests.  The
 Fund may also acquire Loan Interests under which the Fund derives its rights
 directly from the borrower.  Such Loan Interests are separately enforceable by
 the Fund against the borrower and all payments of interest and principal are
 typically made directly to the Fund from the borrower.  In the event that the
 Fund and other lenders become entitled to take possession of shared
 collateral, it is anticipated that such collateral would be held in the
 custody of a Collateral Bank for their mutual benefit.  The Fund may not act
 as an Agent, a Collateral Bank, a guarantor or sole negotiator or structurer
 with respect to a loan.

 The Advisor will analyze and evaluate the financial condition of the borrower
 in connection with the acquisition of any Loan Interest.  The Advisor also
 analyzes and evaluates the financial condition of the Agent and, in the case
 of Loan Interests in which the Fund does not have privity with the borrower,
 those institutions from or through whom the Fund derives its rights in a loan
 ("Intermediate Participants").

 In a typical loan, the Agent administers the terms of the loan agreement.  In
 such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal
 and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these
 payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the loan
 agreement.  The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an Intermediate
 Participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal
 and interest payments on the loan.  Furthermore, unless under the terms of a
 participation agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the
 Fund will rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to
 use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower.  The Agent is typically
 responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the loan
 agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower.  The seller of the Loan
 Interest usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Loan
 Interests of any failures of compliance.  The Agent may monitor the value of
 the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate
 the loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional
 collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in
 the loan.  The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these
 services under a loan agreement, and such compensation may include special
 fees paid upon structuring and funding the loan and other fees paid on a
 continuing basis.  With respect to Loan Interests for which the Agent does not
 perform such administrative and enforcement functions, the Fund will perform
 such tasks on its own behalf, although a Collateral Bank will typically hold
 any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other lenders pursuant to the
 applicable loan agreement.

 A financial institution's appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in
 the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes
 insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") receivership,
 or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings.  A successor
 Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent,

                                      21
<PAGE>

and assets held by the Agent under the loan agreement should remain available
to holders of Loan Interests.  However, if assets held by the Agent for the
benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent's
general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing
payment on a loan interest, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest.  In
situations involving Intermediate Participants, similar risks may arise.

 Purchasers of Loan Interests depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the
 borrower for payment of principal and interest.  If the Fund does not receive
 scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund's
 share price and yield could be adversely affected.  Loans that are fully
 secured offer the Fund more protections than an unsecured loan in the event of
 non-payment of scheduled interest or principal.  However, there is no
 assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy
 the borrower's obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.
 Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves
 substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative.  Borrowers that
 are in bankruptcy or restructuring may never pay off their indebtedness, or
 may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed.  Direct indebtedness of
 developing countries will also involve a risk that the governmental entities
 responsible for the repayment of the debt may be unable, or unwilling, to pay
 interest and repay principal when due.

 MATURITY

 The Fund's average portfolio maturity represents an average based on the
 actual stated maturity dates of the debt securities in the Fund's portfolio,
 except that (1) variable-rate securities are deemed to mature at the next
 interest-rate adjustment date, (2) debt securities with put features are
 deemed to mature at the next put-exercise date, (3) the maturity of
 mortgage-backed and certain other asset-backed securities is determined on an
 "expected life" basis by the Advisor and (4) securities being hedged with
 futures contracts may be deemed to have a longer maturity, in the case of
 purchases of futures contracts, and a shorter maturity, in the case of sales
 of futures contracts, than they would otherwise be deemed to have.  In
 addition, a security that is subject to redemption at the option of the issuer
 on a particular date ("call date"), which is prior to the security's stated
 maturity, may be deemed to mature on the call date rather than on its stated
 maturity date.  The call date of a security will be used to calculate average
 portfolio maturity when the Advisor reasonably anticipates, based upon
 information available to it, that the issuer will exercise its right to redeem
 the security.  The average portfolio maturity of the Fund is dollar-weighted
 based upon the market value of the Fund's securities at the time of the
 calculation.

 MORTGAGE- AND ASSET-BACKED DEBT SECURITIES

 Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or
 are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property, and
 include single- and multi-class pass-through securities and collateralized
 mortgage obligations.  Such securities may be issued or guaranteed by U.S.
 government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National
 Mortgage Association and the Federal National Mortgage Association, or by
 private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans,
 including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment
 bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, "private lenders").
 Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools
 of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed,
 directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or
 instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of
 the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit
 enhancement.

 Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to
 mortgage-backed securities.  Asset-backed debt obligations represent direct or
 indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as
 motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts,
 home equity loans, leases of various types of property, and receivables from
 credit card or other revolving credit arrangements.  The credit quality of
 most asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the
 assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is
 insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated
 entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the
 securities.  Payments or distributions of principal and interest on
 asset-backed debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit
 enhancements including letters of credit, reserve funds,
 overcollateralization, and guarantees by third parties.  The market for
 privately issued asset-backed debt obligations is smaller and less liquid than
 the market for government sponsored mortgage-backed securities.

 The rate of principal payment on mortgage- and asset-backed securities
 generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying
 assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other
 factors.  As a result, the

                                      21
<PAGE>

yield on any mortgage- and asset-backed security is difficult to predict with
precision and actual yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated
yield to maturity.  The yield characteristics of mortgage- and asset-backed
securities differ from those of traditional debt securities.  Among  the
principal differences are that interest and principal payments are made more
frequently on mortgage-and asset-backed securities, usually monthly, and that
principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or
other assets generally may be prepaid at any time.  As a result, if the Fund
purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than
expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower
than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to
maturity.  Conversely, if the Fund purchases these securities at a discount, a
prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity,
while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to
maturity.  Amounts available for reinvestment by the Fund are likely to be
greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are
likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising
interest rates.  Accelerated prepayments on securities purchased by the Fund at
a premium also impose a risk of loss of principal because the premium may not
have been fully amortized at the time the principal is prepaid in full.  The
market for privately issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities is smaller
and less liquid than the market for government-sponsored mortgage-backed
securities.

 While many mortgage- and asset-backed securities are issued with only one
 class of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different
 payment terms.  Multiple class mortgage- and asset-backed securities are
 issued for two main reasons.   First, multiple classes may be used as a method
 of providing credit support.  This is accomplished typically through creation
 of one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made
 subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes.
 Second, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment
 terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of
 each other and from those of the underlying assets.  Examples include
 so-called "strips" (mortgage- and asset-backed securities entitling the holder
 to disproportionate interests with respect to the allocation of interest and
 principal of the assets backing the security), and securities with class or
 classes having characteristics which mimic the characteristics of
 non-mortgage- or asset-backed securities, such as floating interest rates
 (I.E., interest rates which adjust as a specified benchmark changes) or
 scheduled amortization of principal.

 The Fund may invest in stripped mortgage- or asset-backed securities, which
 receive differing proportions of the interest and principal payments from the
 underlying assets.  The market value of such securities generally is more
 sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with
 traditional mortgage- and asset-backed securities, and in some cases such
 market value may be extremely volatile.  With respect to certain stripped
 securities, such as interest only and principal only classes, a rate of
 prepayment that is faster or slower than anticipated may result in the Fund
 failing to recover all or a portion of its investment, even though the
 securities are rated investment grade.

 Mortgage- and asset-backed securities backed by assets, other than as
 described above, or in which the payment streams on the underlying assets are
 allocated in a manner different than those described above may be issued in
 the future.  The Fund may invest in such securities if such investment is
 otherwise consistent with its investment objectives and policies and with the
 investment restrictions of the Fund.

 MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

 IN GENERAL. Municipal obligations are debt obligations issued by or on behalf
 of states, territories, and possessions of the United States and the District
 of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies, and instrumentalities.
 Municipal obligations generally include debt obligations issued to obtain
 funds for various public purposes. Certain types of municipal obligations are
 issued in whole or in part to obtain funding for privately operated facilities
 or projects. Municipal obligations include general obligation bonds, revenue
 bonds, industrial development bonds, notes, and municipal lease obligations.
 Municipal obligations also include obligations, the interest on which is
 exempt from federal income tax, that may become available in the future as
 long as the Board of Directors of the Fund determines that an investment in
 any such type of obligation is consistent with the Fund's investment
 objective.

 BONDS AND NOTES. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer's pledge
 of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of interest and
 principal. Revenue bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a
 project or facility or from the proceeds of a specified revenue source.
 Industrial development bonds are generally revenue bonds secured by payments
 from and the credit of private users. Municipal notes are issued to meet the
 short-term funding requirements of state, regional, and local governments.
 Municipal notes include tax anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes,
 revenue anticipation notes, tax

                                      23
<PAGE>

and revenue anticipation notes, construction loan notes, short-term discount
notes, tax-exempt commercial paper, demand notes, and similar instruments.

 LEASE OBLIGATIONS. Municipal lease obligations may take the form of a lease,
 an installment purchase, or a conditional sales contract. They are issued by
 state and local governments and authorities to acquire land, equipment, and
 facilities, such as state and municipal vehicles, telecommunications and
 computer equipment, and other capital assets. The Fund may purchase these
 obligations directly, or it may purchase participation interests in such
 obligations. (See "Participation Interests" below.) Municipal leases are
 generally subject to greater risks than general obligation or revenue bonds.
 State constitutions and statutes set forth requirements that states or
 municipalities must meet in order to issue municipal obligations. Municipal
 leases may contain a covenant by the state or municipality to budget for,
 appropriate, and make payments due under the obligation. Certain municipal
 leases may, however, contain "non-appropriation" clauses which provide that
 the issuer is not obligated to make payments on the obligation in future years
 unless funds have been appropriated for this purpose each year. Accordingly,
 such obligations are subject to "non-appropriation" risk. While municipal
 leases are secured by the underlying capital asset, it may be difficult to
 dispose of any such asset in the event of non-appropriation or other default.

 MORTGAGE-BACKED BONDS. The Fund's investments in municipal obligations may
 include mortgage-backed municipal obligations, which are a type of municipal
 security issued by a state, authority, or municipality to provide financing
 for residential housing mortgages to target groups, generally low-income
 individuals who are first-time home buyers. The Fund's interest, evidenced by
 such obligations, is an undivided interest in a pool of mortgages. Payments
 made on the underlying mortgages and passed through to the Fund will represent
 both regularly scheduled principal and interest payments. The Fund may also
 receive additional principal payments representing prepayments of the
 underlying mortgages. While a certain level of prepayments can be expected,
 regardless of the interest rate environment, it is anticipated that prepayment
 of the underlying mortgages will accelerate in periods of declining interest
 rates. In the event that the Fund receives principal prepayments in a
 declining interest-rate environment, its reinvestment of such funds may be in
 bonds with a lower yield.


 PARTICIPATION INTERESTS


 A participation interest gives the Fund an undivided interest in a municipal
 obligation in the proportion that the Fund's participation interest bears to
 the principal amount of the obligation. These instruments may have fixed,
 floating, or variable rates of interest. The Fund will only purchase
 participation interests if accompanied by an opinion of counsel that the
 interest earned on the underlying municipal obligations will be tax-exempt. If
 the Fund purchases unrated participation interests, the Board of Directors or
 its delegate must have determined that the credit risk is equivalent to the
 rated obligations in which the Fund may invest. Participation interests may be
 backed by a letter of credit or guaranty of the selling institution. When
 determining whether such a participation interest meets the Fund's credit
 quality requirements, the Fund may look to the credit quality of any financial
 guarantor providing a letter of credit or guaranty.

 REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

 The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or non-bank
 dealers.  In a repurchase agreement, the Fund buys a security at one price,
 and at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a
 mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days).  The
 repurchase agreement, thereby, determines the yield during the purchaser's
 holding period, while the seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the
 value of the underlying security.  The Advisor will monitor, on an ongoing
 basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value always
 equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest.  Repurchase
 agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency
 of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions
 upon the Fund's ability to dispose of the underlying securities.  Although no
 definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the
 creditworthiness of the banks and non-bank dealers with which the Fund enters
 into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks.  The Fund may, under
 certain circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S.
 government securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.

 REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS

 The Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio
 liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage
 transactions as discussed below.  In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund
 would sell a security and

                                      24
<PAGE>

enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date
and price.  The Fund generally retains the right to interest and principal
payments on the security.  Since the Fund receives cash upon entering into a
reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing.  When required
by guidelines of the SEC, the Fund will set aside permissible liquid assets in
a segregated account to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.

 The Fund may also enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the Fund would
 sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and
 simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a
 specified future date.  While the Fund would forego principal and interest
 paid on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would
 be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower
 price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the
 proceeds of the initial sale.  The Fund also could be compensated through the
 receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price.  At the time the
 Fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible
 liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward
 commitment to buy mortgage-backed securities.  Mortgage dollar roll
 transactions may be considered a borrowing by the Fund.

 The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by
 the Fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which the Fund will maintain
 an offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or repurchase
 agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the related
 mortgage dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements.  Since the Fund will
 receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it
 invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage.
 However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality
 and will mature on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll
 or reverse repurchase agreement, the Advisor believes that such arbitrage
 transactions do not present the risks to the Fund that are associated with
 other types of leverage.




SHORT SALES

 The Fund may sell securities short (1) to hedge unrealized gains on portfolio
 securities or (2) if it covers such short sale with liquid assets as required
 by the current rules and positions of the SEC or its staff.  Selling
 securities short against the box involves selling a security that the Fund
 owns or has the right to acquire, for delivery at a specified date in the
 future.  If the Fund sells securities short against the box, it may protect
 unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities
 if the price rises.

 SOVEREIGN DEBT

 Sovereign debt differs from debt obligations issued by private entities in
 that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the
 defaulting party.  Legal recourse is therefore limited.  Political conditions,
 especially a sovereign entity's willingness to meet the terms of its debt
 obligations, are of considerable significance.  Also, there can be no
 assurance that the holders of commercial bank loans to the same sovereign
 entity may not contest payments to the holders of sovereign debt in the event
 of default under commercial bank loan agreements.

 A sovereign debtor's willingness or ability to repay principal and pay
 interest in a timely manner may be affected by a variety of factors, including
 among others, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the
 availability of sufficient foreign

                                      25
<PAGE>

exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service
burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor's policy toward
principal international lenders and the political constraints to which a
sovereign debtor may be subject.  A country whose exports are concentrated in a
few commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the international price of
such commodities.  Increased protectionism on the part of a country's trading
partners, or political changes in those countries, could also adversely affect
its exports.  Such events could diminish a country's trade account surplus, if
any, or the credit standing of a particular local government or agency.
Another factor bearing on the ability of a country to repay sovereign debt is
the level of the country's international reserves.  Fluctuations in the level
of these reserves can affect the amount of foreign exchange readily available
for external debt payments and, thus, could have a bearing on the capacity of
the country to make payments on its sovereign debt.

 To the extent that a country has a current account deficit (generally when its
 exports of merchandise and services are less than its country's imports of
 merchandise and services plus net transfers (E.G., gifts of currency and
 goods) to foreigners), it may need to depend on loans from foreign
 governments, multilateral organizations or private commercial banks, aid
 payments from foreign governments and inflows of foreign investment.  The
 access of a country to these forms of external funding may not be certain, and
 a withdrawal of external funding could adversely affect the capacity of a
 government to make payments on its obligations.  In addition, the cost of
 servicing debt obligations can be adversely affected, by a change in
 international interest rates since the majority of these obligations carry
 interest rates that are adjusted periodically based upon international rates.

 With respect to sovereign debt of emerging market issuers, investors should be
 aware that certain emerging market countries are among the largest debtors to
 commercial banks and foreign governments.  At times, certain emerging market
 countries have declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on
 external debt.

 Certain emerging market countries have experienced difficulty in servicing
 their sovereign debt on a timely basis which led to defaults on certain
 obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness.  Restructuring
 arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling
 interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit
 agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady
 Bonds (discussed below), and obtaining new credit to finance interest
 payments.  Holders of sovereign debt, including the Fund, may be requested to
 participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to
 sovereign debtors, and the interests of holders of sovereign debt could be
 adversely affected in the course of restructuring arrangements or by certain
 other factors referred to below.  Furthermore, some of the participants in the
 secondary market for sovereign debt may also be directly involved in
 negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to
 information not available to other market participants, such as the Fund.
 Obligations arising from past restructuring agreements may affect the economic
 performance and political and social stability of certain issuers of sovereign
 debt.  There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which a
 sovereign has defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

 Foreign investment in certain sovereign debt is restricted or controlled to
 varying degrees.  These restrictions or controls may at times limit or
 preclude foreign investment in such sovereign debt and increase the costs and
 expenses of the Fund.  Certain countries in which the Fund may invest require
 governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the
 amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the
 investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an
 issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for
 purchase by domiciliaries of the countries, or impose additional taxes on
 foreign investors.  Certain issuers may require governmental approval for the
 repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of
 securities by foreign investors.  In addition, if a deterioration occurs in a
 country's balance of payments, the country could impose temporary restrictions
 on foreign capital remittances.  The Fund could be adversely affected by
 delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for
 repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any
 restrictions on investments.  Investing in local markets may require the Fund
 to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other
 actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.

 The sovereign debt in which the Fund may invest includes Brady Bonds, which
 are securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan, an initiative
 announced by former U.S.  Treasury Secretary Nicholas F.  Brady in 1989 as a
 mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external
 commercial bank indebtedness.  In restructuring its external debt under the
 Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank
 lenders as well as multilateral institutions such as the International
 Monetary Fund ("IMF").  The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed,
 contemplates the exchange of commercial bank debt for newly issued Brady
 Bonds.  Brady Bonds may also be issued in respect of new money being

                                      25
<PAGE>

advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring.  The
World Bank and the IMF support the restructuring by providing Fund pursuant to
loan agreements or other arrangements which enable the debtor nation to
collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a
discount.

 There can be no assurance that the circumstances regarding the issuance of
 Brady Bonds by these countries will not change.  Investors should recognize
 that Brady Bonds do not have a long payment history.  Agreements implemented
 under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-service
 reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its
 creditors.  As a result, the financial packages offered by each country
 differ.  The types of options have included the exchange of outstanding
 commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value of such debt,
 which carry a below-market stated rate of interest (generally known as par
 bonds), bonds issued at a discount from the face value of such debt (generally
 known as discount bonds), bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over
 time, and bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by
 existing lenders.  Regardless of the stated face amount and stated interest
 rate of the various types of Brady Bonds the Fund will purchase Brady Bonds,
 if any, in secondary markets, as described below, in which the price and yield
 to the investor reflect market conditions at the time of purchase.

 Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due at maturity
 by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with maturities equal to the final maturity
 of such Brady Bonds.  Collateral purchases are financed by the IMF, the World
 Bank, and the debtor nations' reserves.  In the event of a default with
 respect to collateralized Brady Bonds as a result of which the payment
 obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S. Treasury zero coupon
 obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal will not be
 distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds
 distributed.  The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the
 scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be
 outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the
 principal payments which would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the
 normal course.  In addition, interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds
 may be collateralized by cash or high grade securities in amounts that
 typically represent between 12 and 18 months of interest accruals on these
 instruments with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized.
 Brady Bonds are often viewed as having several valuation components:  (1) the
 collateralized repayment of principal, if any, at final maturity, (2) the
 collateralized interest payments, if any, (3) the uncollateralized interest
 payments, and (4) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity
 (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the "residual risk").  In light of
 the residual risk of Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of
 defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities
 of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds have speculative
 characteristics.  The Fund may purchase Brady Bonds with no or limited
 collateralization, and will be relying for payment of interest and (except in
 the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal primarily on the
 willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment in
 accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds.  Brady Bonds issued to date are
 purchased and sold in secondary markets through U.S.  securities dealers and
 other financial institutions and are generally maintained through European
 transnational securities depositories.

 STANDBY COMMITMENTS

 In order to facilitate portfolio liquidity, the Fund may acquire standby
 commitments from brokers, dealers, or banks with respect to securities in its
 portfolio.  Standby commitments entitle the holder to achieve same-day
 settlement and receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the
 underlying security plus accrued interest.  Standby commitments generally
 increase the cost of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby
 reducing the yield.  Standby commitments are subject to the issuer's ability
 to fulfill its obligation upon demand.  Although no definitive
 creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the creditworthiness
 of the brokers, dealers, and banks from which the Fund obtains standby
 commitments to evaluate those risks.

 TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITION

 When the Advisor determines that market conditions warrant a temporary
 defensive position, the Fund may invest without limitation in cash and
 short-term fixed income securities, including U.S. government securities,
 commercial paper, banker's acceptances, certificates of deposit, and time
 deposits.

 U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

                                      27
<PAGE>

 U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
 its agencies or instrumentalities. Securities issued by the government include
 U.S. Treasury obligations, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds.
 Securities issued by government agencies or instrumentalities include
 obligations of the following:
- - the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration,
  Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and
  the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), including GNMA
  pass-through certificates, whose securities are supported by the full faith
  and credit of the United States;
- - the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the
  Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of
  the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury;
- - the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by
  the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain
  obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and
- - the Student Loan Marketing Association, the Interamerican Development Bank,
  and International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, whose securities
  are supported only by the credit of such agencies.
 Although the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S.
 government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given
 that it will always do so. The U.S. government and its agencies and
 instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities;
 consequently, the value of such securities will fluctuate.

 VARIABLE- OR FLOATING-RATE SECURITIES

 The Fund may invest in securities which offer a variable- or floating-rate of
 interest.  Variable-rate securities provide for automatic establishment of a
 new interest rate at fixed intervals (E.G., daily, monthly, semi-annually,
 etc.).  Floating-rate securities generally provide for automatic adjustment of
 the interest rate whenever some specified interest rate index changes.  The
 interest rate on variable- or floating-rate securities is ordinarily
 determined by reference to or is a percentage of a bank's prime rate, the
 90-day U.S. Treasury bill rate, the rate of return on commercial paper or bank
 certificates of deposit, an index of short-term interest rates, or some other
 objective measure.

 Variable- or floating-rate securities frequently include a demand feature
 entitling the holder to sell the securities to the issuer at par.  In many
 cases, the demand feature can be exercised at any time on seven days notice;
 in other cases, the demand feature is exercisable at any time on 30 days
 notice or on similar notice at intervals of not more than one year.  Some
 securities which do not have variable or floating interest rates may be
 accompanied by puts producing similar results and price characteristics.  When
 considering the maturity of any instrument which may be sold or put to the
 issuer or a third party, the Fund may consider that instrument's maturity to
 be shorter than its stated maturity.

 Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes which are obligations
 that permit the Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily
 without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender,
 and the borrower.  The interest rates on these notes fluctuate from time to
 time.  The issuer of such obligations normally has a corresponding right,
 after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal
 amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of
 days notice to the holders of such obligations.  The interest rate on a
 floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a
 bank's prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is
 adjusted.  The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted
 automatically at specified intervals.  Frequently, such obligations are
 secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by
 banks.  Because these obligations are direct lending arrangements between the
 lender and borrower, it is not contemplated that such instruments will
 generally be traded.  There generally is not an established secondary market
 for these obligations, although they are redeemable at face value.
 Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or
 other credit support arrangements, the Fund's right to redeem is dependent on
 the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand.  Such
 obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and, if not so
 rated, the Fund may invest in them only if the Advisor  determines that at the
 time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other
 obligations in which the Fund may invest.  The Advisor, on behalf of the Fund,
 will consider on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the
 floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in the Fund's portfolio.

 The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets (10% for money market
 funds) in variable- and floating-rate demand obligations that are not readily
 marketable (a variable- or floating-rate demand obligation that may be
 disposed of on not more than seven days notice will be deemed readily
 marketable and will not be subject to this limitation).  In addition, each
 variable-

                                      28
<PAGE>

or floating-rate obligation must meet the credit quality requirements
applicable to all the Fund's investments at the time of purchase.  When
determining whether such an obligation meets the Fund's credit quality
requirements, the Fund may look to the credit quality of the financial
guarantor providing a letter of credit or other credit support arrangement.

 In determining the Fund's weighted average portfolio maturity, the Fund will
 consider a floating- or variable-rate security to have a maturity equal to its
 stated maturity (or redemption date if it has been called for redemption),
 except that it may consider (1) variable-rate securities to have a maturity
 equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment in the interest
 rate, unless subject to a demand feature, (2) variable-rate securities subject
 to a demand feature to have a remaining maturity equal to the longer of (a)
 the next readjustment in the interest rate or (b) the period remaining until
 the principal can be recovered through demand, and (3) floating-rate
 securities subject to a demand feature to have a maturity equal to the period
 remaining until the principal can be recovered through demand.  Variable- and
 floating-rate securities generally are subject to less principal fluctuation
 than securities without these attributes since the securities usually trade at
 amortized cost following the readjustment in the interest rate.

 WARRANTS

 The Fund may acquire warrants.  Warrants are securities giving the holder the
 right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price
 (generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during
 a specified period or perpetually.  Warrants may be acquired separately or in
 connection with the acquisition of securities.  Warrants do not carry with
 them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities
 that they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any
 rights in the assets of the issuer.  As a result, warrants may be considered
 to have more speculative characteristics than certain other types of
 investments.  In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change
 with the value of the underlying securities, and a warrant ceases to have
 value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES

 The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis.
 The price of debt obligations so purchased, which may be expressed in yield
 terms, generally is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but
 delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date.  During
 the period between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund
 to the issuer and no interest on the debt obligations accrues to the Fund.
 Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be
 purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to
 the risk of decline in value of the Fund's other assets.  While when-issued
 and delayed-delivery securities may be sold prior to the settlement date, the
 Fund intends to purchase such securities with the purpose of actually
 acquiring them unless a sale appears desirable for investment reasons.  At the
 time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase these types of securities, it
 will record the transaction and reflect the value of the security in
 determining its net asset value.  The Fund does not believe that its net asset
 value will be adversely affected by these types of securities purchases.

 To the extent required by the SEC, the Fund will maintain cash and marketable
 securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued or delayed-delivery
 securities.  Such segregated securities either will mature or, if necessary,
 be sold on or before the settlement date.  When the time comes to pay for
 when-issued or delayed-delivery securities, the Fund will meet its obligations
 from then-available cash flow, sale of the securities held in the separate
 account, described above, sale of other securities or, although it would not
 normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued or delayed-delivery
 securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the
 Fund's payment obligation).

 ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES

 The Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities.
 These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest
 payments.  Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount
 to their face value.  Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance
 of additional securities.  Because such securities do not pay current  cash
 income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates
 fluctuate.  While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal
 income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and
 pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the
 original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such
 securities

                                      29
<PAGE>

accruing that year.  In order to continue to qualify as a "regulated investment
company"  or "RIC" under the IRC and avoid a certain excise tax, the Fund may
be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be
required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods
of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution
requirements.

                             DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for managing the Fund's
 business and affairs.  Directors and officers of the Fund, together with
 information as to their principal business occupations during the last five
 years, and other information are shown below.  Each director who is deemed an
 "interested person," as defined in the 1940 Act, is indicated by an asterisk
 (*).  Each officer and director holds the same position with the 27 registered
 open-end management investment companies consisting of 53 mutual funds
 ("Strong Funds").  The Strong Funds, in the aggregate, pay each Director who
 is not a director, officer, or employee of the Advisor, or any affiliated
 company (a "disinterested director") an annual fee of $50,000, plus $100 per
 Board meeting for each Strong Fund.  In addition, each disinterested director
 is reimbursed by the Strong Funds for travel and other expenses incurred in
 connection with attendance at such meetings.  Other officers and directors of
 the Strong Funds receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the
 Strong Funds.

 *RICHARD S. STRONG (DOB 5/12/42), Director and Chairman of the Board of the
 Strong Funds.

 Prior to August 1985, Mr. Strong was Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor,
 which he founded in 1974. Since August 1985, Mr. Strong has been a Security
 Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Advisor.  In October 1991, Mr. Strong
 also became the Chairman of the Advisor.  Mr. Strong is a Director of the
 Advisor.  Mr. Strong has been in the investment management business since
 1967.

MARVIN E. NEVINS (DOB 7/19/18), Director of the Strong Funds.

 Private Investor.  From 1945 to 1980, Mr. Nevins was Chairman of Wisconsin
 Centrifugal Inc., a foundry. Mr. Nevins is a former Chairman of the Wisconsin
 Association of Manufacturers & Commerce.  He has been a Director of A-Life
 Medical, Inc., San Diego, CA since 1996 and Surface Systems, Inc. (a weather
 information company), St. Louis, MO since 1992.  He was also a regent of the
 Milwaukee School of Engineering and a member of the Board of Trustees of the
 Medical College of Wisconsin and Carroll College.

 WILLIE D. DAVIS (DOB 7/24/34), Director of the Strong Funds.

 Mr. Davis has been Director of Alliance Bank since 1980, Sara Lee Corporation
 (a food/consumer products company) since 1983, KMart Corporation (a discount
 consumer products company) since 1985, Dow Chemical Company since 1988, MGM
 Grand, Inc. (an entertainment/hotel company) since 1990, WICOR, Inc. (a
 utility company) since 1990, Johnson Controls, Inc. (an industrial company)
 since 1992, and Rally's Hamburger, Inc. since 1994.  Mr. Davis has been a
 trustee of the University of Chicago since 1980 and Marquette University since
 1988.  Since 1977, Mr. Davis has been President and Chief Executive Officer of
 All Pro Broadcasting, Inc.  Mr. Davis was a Director of the Fireman's Fund (an
 insurance company) from 1975 until 1990.

 STANLEY KRITZIK (DOB 1/9/30), Director of the Strong Funds.

 Mr. Kritzik has been a Partner of Metropolitan Associates since 1962, a
 Director of Aurora Health Care since 1987, and Health Network Ventures, Inc.
 since 1992.

 WILLIAM F. VOGT (DOB 7/19/47), Director of the Strong Funds.

 Mr. Vogt has been the President of Vogt Management Consulting, Inc. since
 1990.  From 1982 until 1990, he served as Executive Director of University
 Physicians of the University of Colorado.  Mr. Vogt is the Past President of
 the Medical Group Management Association and a Fellow of the American College
 of Medical Practice Executives.

                                      29
<PAGE>


 THOMAS P. LEMKE (DOB 7/30/54), Vice President of the Strong Funds.

 Mr. Lemke has been Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel of
 the Advisor since September 1994.  For two years prior to joining the Advisor,
 Mr. Lemke acted as Resident Counsel for Funds Management at J.P. Morgan & Co.,
 Inc.  From February 1989 until April 1992, Mr. Lemke acted as Associate
 General Counsel to Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc.  For two years prior to
 that, Mr. Lemke was Of Counsel at the Washington D.C. law firm of Tew Jorden &
 Schulte, a successor of Finley, Kumble & Wagner.  From August 1979 until
 December 1986, Mr. Lemke worked at the SEC, most notably as the Chief Counsel
 to the Division of Investment Management (November 1984 - December 1986), and
 as Special Counsel to the Office of Insurance Products, Division of Investment
 Management (April 1982 - October 1984).

 STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG (DOB  6/14/58), Vice President and Secretary of the
 Strong Funds.

 Mr. Shenkenberg has been Deputy General Counsel of the Advisor since November
 1996.  From December 1992 until November 1996, Mr. Shenkenberg acted as
 Associate Counsel to the Advisor.  From June 1987 until December 1992, Mr.
 Shenkenberg was an attorney for Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee law firm.

 JOHN S. WEITZER (DOB 10/31/67), Vice President of the Strong Funds.

 Mr. Weitzer has been Senior Counsel of the Advisor since December 1997.  From
 July 1993 until December 1997, Mr. Weitzer acted as Associate Counsel to the
 Advisor.

 MARY F. HOPPA  (DOB 5/31/64), Vice President of the Strong Funds.

 Ms. Hoppa has been Vice President and Director of Mutual Fund Administration
 of the Advisor since January 1998.  From October 1996 to January 1998, Ms.
 Hoppa acted as Director of Transfer Agency Services of the Advisor and, from
 January 1988 to October 1996, as Transfer Agency Systems Liaison Manager of
 the Advisor.  From January 1987 to January 1988, Ms. Hoppa acted as a
 Shareholder Services Associate of the Advisor.

 JOHN W. WIDMER (DOB 1/19/65), Treasurer of the Strong Funds.

 Mr. Widmer has been Manager of Financial Management & Sales Reporting Systems
 since May 1997.  From May 1992 to May 1997, Mr. Widmer was an Accounting and
 Business Advisory Manager in the Milwaukee office of Arthur Andersen LLP.
 From June 1987 to May 1992, Mr. Widmer was an accountant at Arthur Andersen
 LLP.

 RHONDA K. HAIGHT (DOB 11/13/64), Assistant Treasurer of the Strong Funds.

 Ms. Haight has been Manager of the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the
 Advisor since January 1994.  From May 1990 to January 1994, Ms. Haight was a
 supervisor in the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the Advisor.  From June
 1987 to May 1990, Ms. Haight was a Mutual Fund Accountant of the Advisor.

 Except for Messrs. Nevins, Davis, Kritzik, and Vogt, the address of all of the
 above persons is P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201.  Mr. Nevins'
 address is 6075 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34108. Mr. Davis'
 address is 161 North La Brea, Inglewood, California 90301.  Mr. Kritzik's
 address is 1123 North Astor Street, P.O. Box 92547, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
 53202-0547.  Mr. Vogt's address is 2830 East Third Avenue, Denver, Colorado
 80206.

 Unless otherwise noted below, as of May 31, 1999, the officers and directors
 of the Fund in the aggregate beneficially owned less than 1% of the Fund's
 then outstanding shares.


PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

                                      30
<PAGE>


 Unless otherwise noted below, as of May 31, 1999 no persons owned of record or
 are known to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of the Fund's then
 outstanding shares.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>               <C>
Smith & Co.                     1,832,182         12.87%
First Security Bank, N.A.
P.O. Box  25297
Salt Lake City, UT  84125-0297
MAC & Co.                       1,730,253         12.15%
Mellon Bank N.A.
P.O. Box  3198
Pittsburgh, PA  15230-3198
IBEW Local 117                  1,455,516         10.22%
Pension Fund
8160 S. Cass Avenue
Darien, IL  60561-5013
</TABLE>



                               INVESTMENT ADVISOR


 The Fund has entered into an Advisory Agreement with Strong Capital
 Management, Inc. ("Advisor").  Mr. Strong controls the Advisor due to his
 stock ownership of the Advisor.  Mr. Strong is the Chairman and a Director of
 the Advisor, Mr. Lemke is a Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General
 Counsel of the Advisor, Mr. Shenkenberg is Vice President, Assistant
 Secretary, and Deputy General Counsel of the Advisor, Ms. Hoppa is a Senior
 Vice President of the Advisor, Mr. Weitzer is Senior Counsel of the Advisor,
 Mr. Widmer is Treasurer and Manager of Financial Management & Sales Reporting
 Systems of the Advisor, and Ms. Haight is Assistant Treasurer and Manager of
 the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of the Advisor.  As of May 31, 1999, the
 Advisor had $34 billion under management.


 The Advisory Agreement is required to be approved annually by either the Board
 of Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding
 voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act).  In either case, each annual
 renewal must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Fund's directors who
 are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such
 party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such
 approval. The Advisory Agreement is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days
 written notice by the Board of Directors of the Fund, by vote of a majority of
 the Fund's outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor, and will
 terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

 Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor manages the Fund's
 investments subject to the supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors.  The
 Advisor is responsible for investment decisions and supplies investment
 research and portfolio management.  The Advisory Agreement authorizes  the
 Advisor to delegate its investment advisory duties to a subadvisor in
 accordance with a written agreement under which the subadvisor would furnish
 such investment advisory services to the Advisor.  In that situation, the
 Advisor continues to have responsibility for all investment advisory services
 furnished by the subadvisor under the subadvisory agreement.  At its expense,
 the Advisor provides office space and all necessary office facilities,
 equipment and personnel for servicing the investments of the Fund.  The
 Advisor places all orders for the purchase and sale of the Fund's portfolio
 securities at the Fund's expense.

                                      31
<PAGE>

 Except for expenses assumed by the Advisor, as set forth above, or by Strong
 Investments, Inc. with respect to the distribution of the Fund's shares, the
 Fund is responsible for all its other expenses, including, without limitation,
 interest charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, and similar expenses; expenses
 of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares; expenses of registering or
 qualifying shares for sale with the states and the SEC; expenses for printing
 and distribution of prospectuses to existing shareholders; charges of
 custodians (including fees as custodian for keeping books and similar services
 for the Fund), transfer agents (including the printing and mailing of reports
 and notices to shareholders), registrars, auditing and legal services, and
 clerical services related to recordkeeping and shareholder relations; printing
 of stock certificates; fees for directors who are not "interested persons" of
 the Advisor; expenses of indemnification; extraordinary expenses; and costs of
 shareholder and director meetings.

 As compensation for its services, the Fund pays to the Advisor a monthly
 management fee at the annual rate specified below of the average daily net
 asset value of the Fund.  From time to time, the Advisor may voluntarily waive
 all or a portion of its management fee for the Fund.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                      <C>
          FUND               ANNUAL RATE
- -----------------------  ------------------
Institutional Bond Fund               0.25%
</TABLE>

 The Fund paid the following management fees for the time periods indicated:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                <C>                 <C>               <C>
                                                          MANAGEMENT FEE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED  MANAGEMENT FEE ($)     WAIVER ($)     AFTER WAIVER ($)
- -----------------  ------------------  ----------------  ----------------

      12/31/97(1)              51,698                 0            51,698

         2/28/98*              21,934                 0            21,934

          2/28/99             213,238                 0           213,238
</TABLE>


 *  For the two-month fiscal year ended February 28, 1998.
  (1)  Commenced operations on December 31, 1996.

 The organizational expenses for the Fund which were advanced by the Advisor
 and which will be reimbursed by the Fund over a period of not more than 60
 months from the Fund's date of inception are listed below.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                       <C>
          FUND             ORGANIZATIONAL EXPENSES
- ------------------------  ------------------------

 Institutional Bond Fund                   $39,181
</TABLE>


 The Advisory Agreement requires the Advisor to reimburse the Fund in the event
 that the expenses and charges payable by the Fund in any fiscal year,
 including the management fee but excluding taxes, interest, brokerage
 commissions, and similar fees and to the extent permitted extraordinary
 expenses, exceed two percent (2%) of the average net asset value of the Fund
 for such year, as determined by valuations made as of the close of each
 business day of the year.  Reimbursement of expenses in excess of the
 applicable limitation will be made on a monthly basis and will be paid to the
 Fund by reduction of the Advisor's fee, subject to later adjustment, month by
 month, for the remainder of the Fund's fiscal year.  The Advisor may from time
 to time voluntarily absorb expenses for the Fund in addition to the
 reimbursement of expenses in excess of applicable limitations.

 On July 12, 1994, the SEC filed an administrative action ("Order") against the
 Advisor, Mr. Strong, and another employee of the Advisor in connection with
 conduct that occurred between 1987 and early 1990. In re Strong/Corneliuson
 Capital Management, Inc., et al. Admin. Proc. File No. 3-8411. The proceeding
 was settled by consent without admitting or denying the allegations in the
 Order. The Order found that the Advisor and Mr. Strong aided and abetted
 violations of Section 17(a) of the 1940 Act by effecting trades between mutual
 funds, and between mutual funds and Harbour Investments Ltd. ("Harbour"),
 without complying with the exemptive provisions of SEC Rule 17a-7 or otherwise
 obtaining an exemption. It further found that the Advisor violated, and Mr.
 Strong aided and abetted violations of, the disclosure provisions of the 1940
 Act and the

                                      32
<PAGE>

Investment Advisers Act of 1940 by misrepresenting the Advisor's policy on
personal trading and by failing to disclose trading by Harbour, an entity in
which principals of the Advisor owned between 18 and 25 percent of the voting
stock. As part of the settlement, the respondents agreed to a censure and a
cease and desist order and the Advisor agreed to various undertakings,
including adoption of certain procedures and a limitation for six months on
accepting certain types of new advisory clients.

 On June 6, 1996, the Department of Labor ("DOL") filed an action against the
 Advisor for equitable relief alleging violations of the Employee Retirement
 Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") in connection with cross trades that
 occurred between 1987 and late 1989 involving certain pension accounts managed
 by the Advisor.  Contemporaneous with this filing, the Advisor, without
 admitting or denying the DOL's allegations, agreed to the entry of a consent
 judgment resolving all matters relating to the allegations.  Reich v. Strong
 Capital Management, Inc., (U.S.D.C. E.D. WI) ("Consent Judgment").  Under the
 terms of the Consent Judgment, the Advisor agreed to reimburse the affected
 accounts a total of $5.9 million.  The settlement did not have any material
 impact on the Advisor's financial position or operations.

 The Fund and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics ("Code") which governs
 the personal trading activities of all "Access Persons" of the Advisor.
 Access Persons include every director and officer of the Advisor and the
 investment companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund, as well as
 certain employees of the Advisor who have access to information relating to
 the purchase or sale of securities by the Advisor on behalf of accounts
 managed by it.  The Code is based upon the principal that such Access Persons
 have a fiduciary duty to place the interests of the Fund and the Advisor 's
 other clients ahead of their own.

 The Code requires Access Persons (other than Access Persons who are
 independent directors of the investment companies managed by the Advisor,
 including the Fund) to, among other things, preclear their securities
 transactions (with limited exceptions, such as transactions in shares of
 mutual funds, direct obligations of the U.S. government, and certain options
 on broad-based securities market indexes) and to execute such transactions
 through the Advisor's  trading department. The Code, which applies to all
 Access Persons (other than Access Persons who are independent directors of the
 investment companies managed by the Advisor, including the Fund), includes a
 ban on acquiring any securities in an initial public offering, other than a
 new offering of a registered open-end investment company, and a prohibition
 from profiting on short-term trading in securities.  In addition, no Access
 Person may purchase or sell any security which is contemporaneously being
 purchased or sold, or to the knowledge of the Access Person, is being
 considered for purchase or sale, by the Advisor on behalf of any mutual fund
 or other account managed by it.  Finally, the Code provides for trading "black
 out" periods of seven calendar days during which time Access Persons who are
 portfolio managers may not trade in securities which have been purchased or
 sold by any mutual fund or other account managed by the portfolio manager.

 The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients through
 different types of investment accounts (E.G., mutual funds, hedge funds,
 separately managed accounts, etc.) who may have similar or different
 investment objectives and investment policies (E.G., some accounts may have an
 active trading strategy while others follow a "buy and hold" strategy).  In
 managing these accounts, the Advisor seeks to maximize each account's return,
 consistent with the account's investment objectives and investment strategies.
 While the Advisor's policies are designed to ensure that over time
 similarly-situated clients receive similar treatment, to the maximum extent
 possible, because of the range of the Advisor's clients, the Advisor may give
 advice and take action with respect to one account that may differ from the
 advice given, or the timing or nature of action taken, with respect to another
 account (the Advisor, its principals and associates also may take such actions
 in their personal securities transactions, to the extent permitted by and
 consistent with the Code).  For example, the Advisor may use the same
 investment style in managing two accounts, but one may have a shorter-term
 horizon and accept high-turnover while the other may have a longer-term
 investment horizon and desire to minimize turnover.  If the Advisor reasonably
 believes that a particular security may provide an attractive opportunity due
 to short-term volatility but may no longer be attractive on a long-term basis,
 the Advisor may cause accounts with a shorter-term investment horizon to buy
 the security at the same time it is causing accounts with a longer-term
 investment horizon to sell the security.  The Advisor takes all reasonable
 steps to ensure that investment opportunities are, over time, allocated to
 accounts on a fair and equitable basis relative to the other
 similarly-situated accounts and that the investment activities of different
 accounts do not unfairly disadvantage other accounts.

 From time to time, the Advisor votes the shares owned by the Fund according to
 its Statement of General Proxy Voting Policy ("Proxy Voting Policy").  The
 general principal of the Proxy Voting Policy is to vote any beneficial
 interest in an equity security prudently and solely in the best long-term
 economic interest of the Fund and its beneficiaries considering all relevant

                                      33
<PAGE>

factors and without undue influence from individuals or groups who may have an
economic interest in the outcome of a proxy vote.  Shareholders may obtain a
copy of the Proxy Voting Policy upon request from the Advisor.

 The Advisor also provides a program of custom portfolio management called the
 Strong Advisor.  This program is designed to determine which investment
 approach fits an investor's financial needs and then provides the investor
 with a custom built portfolio of Strong Funds based on that allocation.  The
 Advisor, on behalf of participants in the Strong Advisor program, may
 determine to invest a portion of the program's assets in any one Strong Fund,
 which investment, particularly in the case of a smaller Strong Fund, could
 represent a material portion of the Fund's assets.  In such cases, a decision
 to redeem the Strong Advisor program's investment in a Fund on short notice
 could raise a potential conflict of interest for the Advisor, between the
 interests of participants in the Strong Advisor program and of the Fund's
 other shareholders.  In general, the Advisor does not expect to direct the
 Strong Advisor program to make redemption requests on short notice.  However,
 should the Advisor determine this to be necessary, the Advisor will use its
 best efforts and act in good faith to balance the potentially competing
 interests of participants in the Strong Advisor program and the Fund's other
 shareholders in a manner the Advisor deems most appropriate for both parties
 in light of the circumstances.

 From time to time, the Advisor may make available to third parties current and
 historical information about the portfolio holdings of the Advisor's mutual
 funds or other clients.  Release may be made to entities such as fund ratings
 entities, industry trade groups, and financial publications.  Generally, the
 Advisor will release this type of information only where it is otherwise
 publicly available.  This information may also be released where the Advisor
 reasonably believes that the release will not be to the detriment of the best
 interests of its clients.

 For more complete information about the Advisor, including its services,
 investment strategies, policies, and procedures, please call 1-800-368-3863
 and ask for a copy of the Advisor's Form ADV.

                                   DISTRIBUTOR


 Under a Distribution Agreement with the Fund ("Distribution Agreement"),
 Strong Investments, Inc. ("Distributor"), P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin,
 53201, acts as underwriter of the Fund's shares.  Mr. Strong is the Chairman
 and Director of the Distributor,  Mr. Lemke is a Vice President of the
 Distributor, Mr. Shenkenberg is a Vice President and Secretary of the
 Distributor, and Ms. Hoppa is Vice President of the Distributor.  The
 Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor will use its best efforts
 to distribute the Fund's shares.  Since the Fund is a "no-load" fund, no sales
 commissions are charged on the purchase of Fund shares.  The Distribution
 Agreement further provides that the Distributor will bear the additional costs
 of printing prospectuses and shareholder reports which are used for selling
 purposes, as well as advertising and any other costs attributable to the
 distribution of the Fund's shares.  The Distributor is an indirect subsidiary
 of the Advisor and controlled by the Advisor and Richard S. Strong.  The
 Distribution Agreement is subject to the same termination and renewal
 provisions as are described above with respect to the Advisory Agreement.


 From time to time, the Distributor may hold in-house sales incentive programs
 for its associated persons under which these persons may receive non-cash
 compensation awards in connection with the sale and distribution of the Fund's
 shares.  These awards may include items such as, but not limited to, gifts,
 merchandise, gift certificates, and payment of travel expenses, meals, and
 lodging.  As required by the proposed rule amendments of the National
 Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), any in-house sales incentive
 program will be multi-product oriented, I.E., any incentive will be based on
 an associated person's gross production of all securities within a product
 type and will not be based on the sales of shares of any specifically
 designated mutual fund.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

 The Advisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the
 Fund and for the placement of the Fund's investment business and the
 negotiation of the commissions to be paid on such transactions.  It is the
 policy of the Advisor, to seek the best execution at the best security price
 available with respect to each transaction, in light of the overall quality of
 brokerage and research services provided to the Advisor, or the Fund.  In OTC
 transactions, orders are placed directly with a principal market maker unless
 it is believed that a better price and execution can be obtained using a
 broker.  The best price to the Fund means

                                      35
<PAGE>

the best net price without regard to the mix between purchase or sale price and
commissions, if any.  In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating
commissions, the Advisor considers a variety of factors, including best price
and execution, the full range of brokerage services provided by the broker, as
well as its capital strength and stability, and the quality of the research and
research services provided by the broker.  Brokerage will not be allocated
based on the sale of any shares of the Strong Funds.

 The Advisor has adopted procedures that provide generally for the Advisor to
 seek to bunch orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the
 Fund, other mutual funds managed by the Advisor, and other advisory clients
 (collectively, "client accounts").  The Advisor will bunch orders when it
 deems it to be appropriate and in the best interest of the client accounts.
 When a bunched order is filled in its entirety, each participating client
 account will participate at the average share price for the bunched order on
 the same business day, and transaction costs shall be shared pro rata based on
 each client's participation in the bunched order.  When a bunched order is
 only partially filled, the securities purchased will be allocated on a pro
 rata basis to each client account participating in the bunched order based
 upon the initial amount requested for the account, subject to certain
 exceptions, and each participating account will participate at the average
 share price for the bunched order on the same business day.

 Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 28(e)") permits
 an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay
 a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the
 amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting
 the transaction in recognition of the value of the brokerage and research
 services provided by the broker or dealer.  Brokerage and research services
 include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability
 of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of
 securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and
 reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and
 trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting
 securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as
 clearance, settlement, and custody).

 In carrying out the provisions of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor may
 cause the Fund to pay a broker, which provides brokerage and research services
 to the Advisor, a commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess
 of the amount another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction.
 The Advisor believes it is important to its investment decision-making process
 to have access to independent research.  The Advisory Agreement provides that
 such higher commissions will not be paid by the Fund unless (1) the Advisor
 determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the
 services in terms of the particular transaction or in terms of the Advisor's
 overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises
 investment discretion; (2) such payment is made in compliance with the
 provisions of Section 28(e), other applicable state and federal laws, and the
 Advisory Agreement; and (3) in the opinion of the Advisor, the total
 commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to
 the Fund over the long term.  The investment management fee paid by the Fund
 under the Advisory Agreement is not reduced as a result of the Advisor's
 receipt of research services.

 Generally, research services provided by brokers may include information on
 the economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies,
 statistical information, accounting and tax law interpretations, political
 developments, legal developments affecting portfolio securities, technical
 market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk
 measurement analysis, performance analysis, and analysis of corporate
 responsibility issues. Such research services are received primarily in the
 form of written reports, telephone contacts, and personal meetings with
 security analysts. In addition, such research services may be provided in the
 form of access to various computer-generated data, computer hardware and
 software, and meetings arranged with corporate and industry spokespersons,
 economists, academicians, and government representatives. In some cases,
 research services are generated by third parties but are provided to the
 Advisor by or through brokers. Such brokers may pay for all or a portion of
 computer hardware and software costs relating to the pricing of securities.

 Where the Advisor itself receives both administrative benefits and research
 and brokerage services from the services provided by brokers, it makes a good
 faith allocation between the administrative benefits and the research and
 brokerage services, and will pay for any administrative benefits with cash.
 In making good faith allocations between administrative benefits and research
 and brokerage services, a conflict of interest may exist by reason of the
 Advisor's allocation of the costs of such benefits and services between those
 that primarily benefit the Advisor and those that primarily benefit the Fund
 and other advisory clients.

                                      35
<PAGE>

 From time to time, the Advisor may purchase new issues of securities for the
 Fund in a fixed income price offering. In these situations, the seller may be
 a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling the securities
 to the Fund and other advisory clients, provide the Advisor with research. The
 NASD has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under
 certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research "credits"
 in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for
 typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within
 the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

 At least annually, the Advisor considers the amount and nature of research and
 research services provided by brokers, as well as the extent to which such
 services are relied upon, and attempts to allocate a portion of the brokerage
 business of the Fund and other advisory clients on the basis of that
 consideration. In addition, brokers may suggest a level of business they would
 like to receive in order to continue to provide such services. The actual
 brokerage business received by a broker may be more or less than the suggested
 allocations, depending upon the Advisor's evaluation of all applicable
 considerations.

 The Advisor has informal arrangements with various brokers whereby, in
 consideration for providing research services and subject to Section 28(e),
 the Advisor allocates brokerage to those firms, provided that the value of any
 research and brokerage services was reasonable in relationship to the amount
 of commission paid and was subject to best execution.  In no case will  the
 Advisor make binding commitments as to the level of brokerage commissions it
 will allocate to a broker, nor will it commit to pay cash if any informal
 targets are not met.  The Advisor anticipates it will continue to enter into
 such brokerage arrangements.

 The Advisor may direct the purchase of securities on behalf of the Fund and
 other advisory clients in secondary market transactions, in public offerings
 directly from an underwriter, or in privately negotiated transactions with an
 issuer. When the Advisor believes the circumstances so warrant, securities
 purchased in public offerings may be resold shortly after acquisition in the
 immediate aftermarket for the security in order to take advantage of price
 appreciation from the public offering price or for other reasons. Short-term
 trading of securities acquired in public offerings, or otherwise, may result
 in higher portfolio turnover and associated brokerage expenses.

 The Advisor places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts,
 including other mutual funds managed by the Advisor.  Research services
 furnished by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions
 may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such
 services may be used by the Advisor in connection with the Fund.  In the
 opinion of the Advisor, it is not possible to measure separately the benefits
 from research services to each of the accounts managed by the Advisor. Because
 the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not
 uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another
 broker paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary.
 However, in the opinion of the Advisor, such costs to the Fund will not be
 disproportionate to the benefits received by the Fund on a continuing basis.

 The Advisor seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever
 concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Fund and
 another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse
 effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund.  In
 making such allocations between the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main
 factors considered by the Advisor are the respective investment objectives,
 the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities,
 the availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments
 generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for recommending
 the investment.

 Where consistent with a client's investment objectives, investment
 restrictions, and risk tolerance, the Advisor may purchase securities sold in
 underwritten public offerings for client accounts, commonly referred to as
 "deal" securities.  The Advisor has adopted deal allocation procedures
 ("Procedures"), summarized below, that reflect the Advisor's overriding policy
 that deal securities must be allocated among participating client accounts in
 a fair and equitable manner and that deal securities may not be allocated in a
 manner that unfairly discriminates in favor of certain clients or types of
 clients.

 The Procedures provide that, in determining which client accounts a portfolio
 manager team will seek to have purchase deal securities, the team will
 consider all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the nature, size,
 and expected allocation to the Advisor of deal securities; the size of the
 account(s); the accounts' investment objectives and restrictions; the risk
 tolerance of the client; the client's tolerance for possibly higher portfolio
 turnover; the amount of commissions generated by the account during the past
 year; and the number and nature of other deals the client has participated in
 during the past year.

                                      37
<PAGE>


 Where more than one of the Advisor's portfolio manager team seeks to have
 client accounts participate in a deal and the amount of deal securities
 allocated to the Advisor by the underwriting syndicate is less than the
 aggregate amount ordered by the Advisor (a "reduced allocation"), the deal
 securities will be allocated among the portfolio manager teams based on all
 relevant factors.  The primary factor shall be assets under management,
 although other factors that may be considered in the allocation decision
 include, but are not limited to, the nature, size, and expected allocation of
 the deal; the amount of brokerage commissions or other amounts generated by
 the respective participating portfolio manager teams; and which portfolio
 manager team is primarily responsible for the Advisor receiving securities in
 the deal.  Based on relevant factors, the Advisor has established general
 allocation percentages for its portfolio manager teams, and these percentages
 are reviewed on a regular basis to determine whether asset growth or other
 factors make it appropriate to use different general allocation percentages
 for reduced allocations.

 When a portfolio manager team receives a reduced allocation of deal
 securities, the portfolio manager team will allocate the reduced allocation
 among client accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth
 in the team's initial allocation instructions for the deal securities, except
 where this would result in a DE MINIMIS allocation to any client account.  On
 a regular basis, the Advisor reviews the allocation of deal securities to
 ensure that they have been allocated in a fair and equitable manner that does
 not unfairly discriminate in favor of certain clients or types of clients.

 Transactions in futures contracts are executed through futures commission
 merchants ("FCMs").  The Fund's procedures in selecting FCMs to execute the
 Fund's transactions in futures contracts are similar to those in effect with
 respect to brokerage transactions in securities.

 The Fund paid the following brokerage commissions for the time periods
 indicated:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                     <C>
  FISCAL YEAR ENDED     BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS ($)
- ----------------------  -------------------------
           12/31/97(1)                        115
              2/28/98*                        808
              2/28/99                       7,898
</TABLE>


 *  For the two-month fiscal year ended February 28, 1998.
  (1)  Commenced operations on December 31, 1996.


 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, and for the fiscal year ended
 February 28, 1999, the Fund's portfolio turnover rates were 358.6% and 305.4%,
 respectively.  These portfolio turnover rates were higher than anticipated
 primarily because the Fund employed a trading strategy to take advantage of
 yield spread opportunities to help enhance the Fund's total return.



 Unless otherwise noted below, the Fund has not acquired securities of its
 regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or
 their parents.




CUSTODIAN

 As custodian of the Fund's assets, Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A., P.O. Box 761,
 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, has custody of all securities and cash of the
 Fund, delivers and receives payment for securities sold, receives and pays for
 securities purchased, collects income from investments, and performs other
 duties, all as directed by officers of the Fund.  The custodian is in no way
 responsible for any of the investment policies or decisions of the Fund.

                                      38
<PAGE>


                  TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

 The Advisor acts as transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent for the Fund.
 As compensation for these services, the Fund pays the Advisor a monthly fee
 based on a percentage of the Fund's average daily net asset value.  The fees
 received and the services provided as transfer agent and dividend disbursing
 agent are in addition to those received and provided by the Advisor under the
 Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Advisor provides certain printing and
 mailing services for the Fund, such as printing and mailing of shareholder
 account statements, checks, and tax forms.

 From time to time, the Fund, directly or indirectly through arrangements with
 the Advisor, and/or the Advisor may pay amounts to third parties that provide
 transfer agent type services and other administrative services relating to the
 Fund to persons who beneficially own interests in the Fund, such as
 participants in 401(k) plans.  These services may include, among other things,
 sub-accounting services, transfer agent type activities, answering inquiries
 relating to the Fund, transmitting proxy statements, annual reports, updated
 prospectuses, other communications regarding the Fund, and related services as
 the Fund or beneficial owners may reasonably request.  In such cases, the Fund
 will not pay fees based on the number of beneficial owners at a rate that is
 greater than the rate the Fund is currently paying the Advisor for providing
 these services to Fund shareholders.

 The Fund paid the following amounts for the time periods indicated for
 transfer agency and dividend disbursing and printing and mailing services:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>            <C>
                PER ACCOUNT   OUT-OF-POCKET  PRINTING/MAILING                 TOTAL COST AFTER
     FUND       CHARGES ($)    EXPENSES ($)    SERVICES ($)      WAIVER ($)      WAIVER ($)
- -------------  -------------  -------------  ----------------  -------------  ----------------
  12/31/97(1)         25,000          3,639                 0          6,262            22,377
     2/28/98*          3,288              0                 0              0             3,288

      2/28/99         21,818          3,533                 0              0            25,351
</TABLE>


 *  For the two-month fiscal year ended February 28, 1998.
  (1)  Commenced operations on December 31, 1996.

                                      TAXES

 GENERAL

 The Fund intends to qualify annually for treatment as a regulated investment
 company ("RIC") under Subchapter M of the IRC.  If so qualified, the Fund will
 not be liable for federal income tax on earnings and gains distributed to its
 shareholders in a timely manner.  This qualification does not involve
 government supervision of the Fund's management practices or policies.  The
 following federal tax discussion is intended to provide you with an overview
 of the impact of federal income tax provisions on the Fund or its
 shareholders.  These tax provisions are subject to change by legislative or
 administrative action at the federal, state, or local level, and any changes
 may be applied retroactively.  Any such action that limits or restricts the
 Fund's current ability to pass-through earnings without taxation at the Fund
 level, or otherwise materially changes the Fund's tax treatment, could
 adversely affect the value of a shareholder's investment in the Fund.  Because
 the Fund's taxes are a complex matter, you should consult your tax adviser for
 more detailed information concerning the taxation of the Fund and the federal,
 state, and local tax consequences to shareholders of an investment in the
 Fund.

 In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the IRC, the Fund must
 distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its
 investment company taxable income (consisting generally of taxable net
 investment income, net short-term capital gain, and net gains from certain
 foreign currency transactions, if applicable) ("Distribution Requirement") and
 must meet several additional requirements.  These requirements include the
 following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each
 taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities
 loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities (or foreign
 currencies if applicable) or other income (including gains from options,
 futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of
 investing in securities ("Income Requirement"); (2) at the close of each
 quarter of the Fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total
 assets must be represented by cash and cash items,

                                      38
<PAGE>

U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities,
with these other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount
that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and that does
not represent more than 10% of the issuer's outstanding voting securities; and
(3) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, not more than 25%
of the value of its total assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S.
government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.  From
time to time the Advisor may find it necessary to make certain types of
investments for the purpose of ensuring that the Fund continues to qualify for
treatment as a RIC under the IRC.


 If Fund shares are sold at a loss after being held for 12 months or less, the
 loss will be treated as long-term, instead of short-term, capital loss to the
 extent of any capital gain distributions received on those shares.


 The Fund's distributions are taxable in the year they are paid, whether they
 are taken in cash or reinvested in additional shares, except that certain
 distributions declared in the last three months of the year and paid in
 January are taxable as if paid on December 31.

 The Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax ("Excise Tax") to
 the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year
 substantially all of its ordinary income for that year and capital gain net
 income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain
 other amounts.  The Fund may make additional distributions if necessary to
 avoid imposition of a 4% excise tax on undistributed income and gains.

 PASS-THROUGH INCOME TAX EXEMPTION

 Most state laws provide a pass-through to mutual fund shareholders of the
 state and local income tax exemption afforded owners of direct U.S. government
 obligations.  You will be notified annually of the percentage of a Fund's
 income that is derived from U.S. government securities.

 FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS

 Dividends and interest received by the Fund may be subject to income,
 withholding, or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions
 that would reduce the yield on its securities.  Tax conventions between
 certain countries and the U.S may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes,
 however, and many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in
 respect of investments by foreign investors.  If more than 50% of the value of
 the Fund's total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of
 securities of foreign corporations, it will be eligible to, and may, file an
 election with the Internal Revenue Service that would enable its shareholders,
 in effect, to receive the benefit of the foreign tax credit with respect to
 any foreign and U.S. possessions income taxes paid by it.  The Fund would
 treat those taxes as dividends paid to its shareholders and each shareholder
 would be required to (1) include in gross income, and treat as paid by the
 shareholder, the shareholder's proportionate share of those taxes, (2) treat
 the shareholder's share of those taxes and of any dividend paid by the Fund
 that represents income from foreign or U.S. possessions sources as the
 shareholder's own income from those sources, and (3) either deduct the taxes
 deemed paid by the shareholder in computing the shareholder's taxable income
 or, alternatively, use the foregoing information in calculating the foreign
 tax credit against the shareholder's federal income tax.  The Fund will report
 to its shareholders shortly after each taxable year their respective shares of
 its income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S.
 possessions if it makes this election.

 The Fund holding foreign securities in its investment portfolio maintains its
 accounts and calculates its income in U.S. dollars.  In general, gain or loss
 (1) from the disposition of foreign currencies and forward currency contracts,
 (2) from the disposition of foreign-currency-denominated debt securities that
 are attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the date the
 securities are acquired and their disposition date, and (3) attributable to
 fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues interest or
 other receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign
 currency and the time the Fund actually collects those receivables or pays
 those liabilities, will be treated as ordinary income or loss.  A
 foreign-currency-denominated debt security acquired by the Fund may bear
 interest at a high normal rate that takes into account expected decreases in
 the value of the principal amount of the security due to anticipated currency
 devaluations; in that case, the Fund would be required to include the interest
 in income as it accrues but generally would realize a currency loss with
 respect to the principal only when the principal was received (through
 disposition or upon maturity).

                                      39
<PAGE>

 The Fund may invest in the stock of "passive foreign investment companies"
 ("PFICs") in accordance with its investment objective, policies and
 restrictions.  A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either
 of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2)
 an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the
 production of, passive income.  Under certain circumstances, the Fund will be
 subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution"
 received on the stock or of any gain on disposition of the stock
 (collectively, "PFIC income"), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund
 distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders.  The
 balance of the PFIC income will be included in the Fund's investment company
 taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent that
 income is distributed to its shareholders.  If the Fund invests in a PFIC and
 elects to treat the PFIC as a "qualified electing fund," then in lieu of the
 foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in
 income each year its pro rata share of the qualified electing fund's annual
 ordinary earnings and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital
 gain over net short-term capital loss) -- which probably would have to be
 distributed to its shareholders to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and
 avoid imposition of the Excise Tax -- even if those earnings and gain were not
 received by the Fund.  In most instances it will be very difficult, if not
 impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements thereof.

 DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

 The use of derivatives strategies, such as purchasing and selling (writing)
 options and futures and entering into forward currency contracts, if
 applicable, involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes
 the character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund
 realizes in connection therewith.  Gains from the disposition of foreign
 currencies, if any (except certain gains therefrom that may be excluded by
 future regulations), and income from transactions in options, futures, and
 forward currency contracts, if applicable, derived by the Fund with respect to
 its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, if applicable,
 will qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.

 For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to recognize as income
 for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on options, futures,
 or forward currency contracts, if any, that are subject to section 1256 of the
 IRC ("Section 1256 Contracts") and are held by the Fund as of the end of the
 year, as well as gains and losses on Section 1256 Contracts actually realized
 during the year.  Except for Section 1256 Contracts that are part of a "mixed
 straddle" and with respect to which the Fund makes a certain election, any
 gain or loss recognized with respect to Section 1256 Contracts is considered
 to be 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or
 loss, without regard to the holding period of the Section 1256 Contract.

 ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES

 The Fund may acquire zero-coupon, step-coupon, or other securities issued with
 original issue discount.  As a holder of those securities, the Fund must
 include in its income the original issue discount that accrues on the
 securities during the taxable year, even if the Fund receives no corresponding
 payment on the securities during the year.  Similarly, the Fund must include
 in its income securities it receives as "interest" on pay-in-kind securities.
 Because the Fund annually must distribute substantially all of its investment
 company taxable income, including any original issue discount and other
 non-cash income, to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition
 of the Excise Tax, it may be required in a particular year to distribute as a
 dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash it actually
 receives.  Those distributions may be made from the proceeds on sales of
 portfolio securities, if necessary.  The Fund may realize capital gains or
 losses from those sales, which would increase or decrease its investment
 company taxable income or net capital gain, or both.


 USE OF TAX-LOT ACCOUNTING


 When sell decisions are made by the Fund's portfolio manager, the Advisor
 generally sells the tax lots of the Fund's securities that results in the
 lowest amount of taxes to be paid by the shareholders on the Fund's capital
 gain distributions.  The Advisor uses tax-lot accounting to identify and sell
 the tax lots of a security that have the highest cost basis and/or longest
 holding period to minimize adverse tax consequences to the Fund's
 shareholders.  However, if the Fund has a capital loss carry forward position,
 the Advisor would reverse its strategy and sell the tax lots of a security
 that have the lowest cost basis and/or shortest holding period to maximize the
 use of the Fund's capital loss carry forward position.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

                                      41
<PAGE>

 The Fund is 100% no load.  This means that an investor may purchase, redeem or
 exchange shares at the Fund's net asset value ("NAV") without paying a sales
 charge.  Generally, when an investor makes any purchases, sales, or exchanges,
 the price of the investor's shares will be the NAV next determined after
 Strong Funds receives a request in proper form (which includes receipt of all
 necessary and appropriate documentation and subject to available funds).  If
 Strong Funds receives such a request prior to the close of the New York Stock
 Exchange ("NYSE") on a day on which the NYSE is open, the share price will be
 the NAV determined that day.  The NAV for each Fund is normally determined as
 of 3:00 p.m. Central Time ("CT") each day the NYSE is open.  The NYSE is open
 for trading Monday through Friday except, New Year's Day, Martin Luther King
 Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
 Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.  Additionally, if any of the
 aforementioned holidays falls on a Saturday, the NYSE will not be open for
 trading on the preceding Friday, and when any such holiday falls on a Sunday,
 the NYSE will not be open for trading on the succeeding Monday, unless unusual
 business conditions exist, such as the ending of a monthly or yearly
 accounting period.   The Fund reserves the right to change the time at which
 purchases, redemptions, and exchanges are priced if the NYSE closes at a time
 other than 3:00 p.m. CT or if an emergency exists.  The Fund's NAV is
 calculated by taking the fair value of the Fund's total assets, subtracting
 all its liabilities, and dividing by the total number of shares outstanding.
 Expenses are accrued daily and applied when determining the NAV. The Fund's
 portfolio securities are valued based on market quotations or at fair value as
 determined by the method selected by the Fund's Board of Directors.

 Debt securities are valued by a pricing service that utilizes electronic data
 processing techniques to determine values for normal institutional-sized
 trading units of debt securities without regard to sale or bid prices when
 such values are believed to more accurately reflect the fair market value for
 such securities. Otherwise, sale or bid prices are used. Any securities or
 other assets for which market quotations are not readily available are valued
 at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
 Fund. Debt securities having remaining maturities of 60 days or less are
 valued by the amortized cost method when the Fund's Board of Directors
 determines that the fair value of such securities is their amortized cost.
 Under this method of valuation, a security is initially valued at its
 acquisition cost, and thereafter, amortization of any discount or premium is
 assumed each day, regardless of the impact of the fluctuating rates on the
 market value of the instrument.

 Securities quoted in foreign currency are valued daily in U.S. dollars at the
 foreign currency exchange rates that are prevailing at the time the daily NAV
 per share is determined.  Although the Fund values its foreign assets in U.S.
 dollars on a daily basis, it does not intend to convert its holdings of
 foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  Foreign currency
 exchange rates are generally determined prior to the close of trading on the
 NYSE.  Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign investments and
 such exchange rates occur between the time at which they are determined and
 the close of trading on the NYSE.  Such events would not normally be reflected
 in a calculation of the Fund's NAV on that day.  If events that materially
 affect the value of the Fund's foreign investments or the foreign currency
 exchange rates occur during such period, the investments will be valued at
 their fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the
 Board of Directors.

                       ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 TELEPHONE AND INTERNET EXCHANGE/REDEMPTION PRIVILEGES

 The Fund employs reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions
 communicated by telephone or the Internet are genuine. The Fund may not be
 liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Such
 procedures include but are not limited to requiring a form of personal
 identification prior to acting on instructions received by telephone or the
 Internet, providing written confirmations of such transactions to the address
 of record, tape recording telephone instructions and backing up Internet
 transactions.

 REDEMPTION-IN-KIND

 The Fund has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which
 obligates the Fund to redeem shares in cash, with respect to any one
 shareholder during any 90-day period, up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of
 the assets of the Fund.  If the Advisor determines that existing conditions
 make cash payments undesirable, redemption payments may be made in whole or in
 part in securities or other financial assets, valued for this purpose as they
 are valued in computing the NAV for the Fund's shares (a
 "redemption-in-kind").  Shareholders receiving securities or other financial
 assets in a redemption-in-kind may realize a gain or loss for tax purposes,
 and will incur any costs of sale, as well as the associated inconveniences.
 If you expect to make a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1%
 of the Fund's assets during any 90-day period and would like to avoid

                                      42
<PAGE>

any possibility of being paid with securities in-kind, you may do so by
providing Strong Funds with an unconditional instruction to redeem at least 15
calendar days prior to the date on which the redemption transaction is to
occur, specifying the dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed and the
date of the transaction (please call 1-800-368-3863).  This will provide the
Fund with sufficient time to raise the cash in an orderly manner to pay the
redemption and thereby minimize the effect of the redemption on the interests
of the Fund's remaining shareholders.

 Redemption checks in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's
 assets during any 90-day period may not be honored by the Fund if the Advisor
 determines that existing conditions make cash payments undesirable.

 DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

 Strong Funds' Automatic Investment Plan, Payroll Direct Deposit Plan, and
 Automatic Exchange Plan are methods of implementing dollar cost averaging.
 Dollar cost averaging is an investment strategy that involves investing a
 fixed amount of money at regular time intervals.  By always investing the same
 set amount, an investor will be purchasing more shares when the price is low
 and fewer shares when the price is high.  Ultimately, by using this principle
 in conjunction with fluctuations in share price, an investor's average cost
 per share may be less than the average transaction price.  A program of
 regular investment cannot ensure a profit or protect against a loss during
 declining markets.  Since such a program involves continuous investment
 regardless of fluctuating share values, investors should consider their
 ability to continue the program through periods of both low and high
 share-price levels.

 FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 If an investor purchases or redeems shares of the Fund through a financial
 intermediary, certain features of the Fund relating to such transactions may
 not be available or may be modified.  In addition, certain operational
 policies of the Fund, including those related to settlement and dividend
 accrual, may vary from those applicable to direct shareholders of the Fund and
 may vary among intermediaries.  Please consult your financial intermediary for
 more information regarding these matters.  In addition, the Fund may pay,
 directly or indirectly through arrangements with the Advisor, amounts to
 financial intermediaries that provide transfer agent type and/or other
 administrative services to their customers provided, however, that the Fund
 will not pay more for these services through intermediary relationships than
 it would if the intermediaries' customers were direct shareholders in the
 Fund.  Certain financial intermediaries may charge an advisory, transaction,
 or other fee for their services.  Investors will not be charged for such fees
 if investors purchase or redeem Fund shares directly from the Fund without the
 intervention of a financial intermediary.

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEES

 A signature guarantee is designed to protect shareholders and the Fund against
 fraudulent transactions by unauthorized persons.  In the following instances,
 the Fund will require a signature guarantee for all authorized owners of an
 account:

- - when adding the telephone redemption option to an existing account;
- - when transferring the ownership of an account to another individual or
  organization;
- - when submitting a written redemption request for more than $50,000;
- - when requesting to redeem or redeposit shares that have been issued in
  certificate form;
- - if requesting a certificate after opening an account;
- - when requesting that redemption proceeds be sent to a different name or
  address than is registered on an account;
- - if adding/changing a name or adding/removing an owner on an account; and
- - if adding/changing the beneficiary on a transfer-on-death account.

 A signature guarantee may be obtained from any eligible guarantor institution,
 as defined by the SEC.  These institutions include banks, savings
 associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, and others.  Please note that a
 notary public stamp or seal is not acceptable.

RIGHT OF SET-OFF

                                      43
<PAGE>


 To the extent not prohibited by law, the Fund, any other Strong Fund, and the
 Advisor, each has the right to set-off against a shareholder's account balance
 with a Strong Fund, and redeem from such account, any debt the shareholder may
 owe any of these entities.  This right applies even if the account is not
 identically registered.

 BROKERS RECEIPT OF PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION ORDERS

 The Fund has authorized certain brokers to accept purchase and redemption
 orders on the Fund's behalf.  These brokers are, in turn, authorized to
 designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the
 Fund's behalf.  The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or
 redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker's
 authorized designee, accepts the order.  Purchase and redemption orders
 received in this manner will be priced at the Fund's net asset value next
 computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker or the broker's
 authorized designee.

 PROMOTIONAL ITEMS OF NOMINAL VALUE

 From time to time, the Advisor and/or Distributor may give de minimis gifts or
 other immaterial consideration to investors who open new accounts or add to
 existing accounts with the Strong Funds.

 RETIREMENT PLANS

 TRADITIONAL INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT (IRA): Everyone under age 70 1/2
 with earned income may contribute to a tax-deferred Traditional IRA. The
 Strong Funds offer a prototype plan for you to establish your own Traditional
 IRA. You are allowed to contribute up to the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of your
 earned income each year to your Traditional IRA (or up to $4,000 between your
 Traditional IRA and your non-working spouses' Traditional IRA).  Under certain
 circumstances, your contribution will be deductible.

 ROTH IRA:  Taxpayers, of any age, who have earned income, and whose adjusted
 gross income ("AGI") does not exceed $110,000 (single) or $160,000 (joint) can
 contribute to a Roth IRA.  Allowed contributions begin to phase-out at $95,000
 (single) or $150,000 (joint).  You are allowed to contribute up to the lesser
 of $2,000 or 100% of earned income each year into a Roth IRA.  If you also
 maintain a Traditional IRA, the maximum contribution to your Roth IRA is
 reduced by any contributions that you make to your Traditional IRA.
 Distributions from a Roth IRA, if they meet certain requirements, may be
 federally tax free.  If your AGI is $100,000 or less, you can convert your
 Traditional IRAs into a Roth IRA.  Conversions of earnings and deductible
 contributions are taxable in the year of the distribution.  The early
 distribution penalty does not apply to amounts converted to a Roth IRA even if
 you are under age 59 1/2.

 EDUCATION IRA:  Taxpayers may contribute up to $500 per year into an Education
 IRA for the benefit of a child under age 18.  Total contributions to any one
 child cannot exceed $500 per year.  The contributor must have adjusted income
 under $110,000 (single) or $160,000 (joint) to contribute to an Education IRA.
 Allowed contributions begin to phase-out at $95,000 (single) or $150,000
 (joint).   Withdrawals from the Education IRA to pay qualified higher
 education expenses are federally tax free.  Any withdrawal in excess of higher
 education expenses for the year are potentially subject to tax and an
 additional 10% penalty.

 DIRECT ROLLOVER IRA: To avoid the mandatory 20% federal withholding tax on
 distributions,  you must transfer the qualified retirement or IRC section
 403(b) plan distribution directly into an IRA. The distribution must be
 eligible for rollover.  The amount of your Direct Rollover IRA contribution
 will not be included in your taxable income for the year.

 SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLAN (SEP-IRA): A SEP-IRA plan allows an employer
 to make deductible contributions to separate IRA accounts established for each
 eligible employee.

 SALARY REDUCTION SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLAN (SAR SEP-IRA): A SAR SEP-IRA
 plan is a type of SEP-IRA plan in which an employer may allow employees to
 defer part of their salaries and contribute to an IRA account. These deferrals
 help lower the employees' taxable income.   Please note that you may no longer
 open new SAR SEP-IRA plans (since December 31, 1996).  However, employers with
 SAR SEP-IRA plans that were established prior to January 1, 1997 may still
 open accounts for new employees.

                                      43
<PAGE>

 SIMPLIFIED INCENTIVE MATCH PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE-IRA):  A SIMPLE-IRA plan
 is a retirement savings plan that allows employees to contribute a percentage
 of their compensation, up to $6,000, on a pre-tax basis, to a SIMPLE-IRA
 account.  The employer is required to make annual contributions to eligible
 employees' accounts.  All contributions grow tax-deferred.

 DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN: A defined contribution plan allows self-employed
 individuals, partners, or a corporation to provide retirement benefits for
 themselves and their employees.  Plan types include: profit-sharing plans,
 money purchase pension plans, and paired plans (a combination of a
 profit-sharing plan and a money purchase plan).

 401(K) PLAN: A 401(k) plan is a type of profit-sharing plan that allows
 employees to have part of their salary contributed on a pre-tax basis to a
 retirement plan which will earn tax-deferred income. A 401(k) plan is funded
 by employee contributions, employer contributions, or a combination of both.

 403(B)(7) PLAN: A 403(b)(7) plan is  a tax-sheltered custodial account
 designed to qualify under section 403(b)(7) of the IRC and is available for
 use by employees of certain educational, non-profit, hospital, and charitable
 organizations.

                                  ORGANIZATION

 The Fund is either a "Corporation" or a "Series" of common stock of a
 Corporation, as described in the chart below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>          <C>                         <C>
                                                     Incorporation  Date Series          Authorized             Par
                    Corporation                           Date        Created              Shares            Value ($)
- ---------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  --------------------------  ---------
Strong Institutional Funds, Inc.                        07/01/94                         Indefinite                .01
- - Strong Institutional Bond Fund                                      10/28/96           Indefinite                .01
</TABLE>

 The Corporation is a Wisconsin corporation that is authorized to offer
 separate series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of
 securities, each with differing investment objectives.  The shares in any one
 portfolio may, in turn, be offered in separate classes, each with differing
 preferences, limitations or relative rights.  However, the Articles of
 Incorporation for the Corporation provide that if additional series of shares
 are issued by the Corporation, such new series of shares may not affect the
 preferences, limitations or relative rights of the Corporation's outstanding
 shares.  In addition, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized
 to allocate assets, liabilities, income and expenses to each series and class.
 Classes within a series may have different expense arrangements than other
 classes of the same series and, accordingly, the net asset value of shares
 within a series may differ.  Finally, all holders of shares of the Corporation
 may vote on each matter presented to shareholders for action except with
 respect to any matter which affects only one or more series or class, in which
 case only the shares of the affected series or class are entitled to vote.
 Each share of the Fund has one vote, and all shares participate equally in
 dividends and other capital gains distributions by the Fund and in the
 residual assets of the Fund in the event of liquidation.  Fractional shares
 have the same rights proportionately as do full shares. Shares of the
 Corporation have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights.  If the
 Corporation issues additional series, the assets belonging to each series of
 shares will be held separately by the custodian, and in effect each series
 will be a separate fund.

                              SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

 The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law permits registered investment
 companies, such as the Fund, to operate without an annual meeting of
 shareholders under specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not
 required by the 1940 Act.  The Fund has adopted the appropriate provisions in
 its Bylaws and may, at its discretion, not hold an annual meeting in any year
 in which the election of directors is not required to be acted on by
 shareholders under the 1940 Act.

 The Fund's Bylaws allow for a director to be removed by its shareholders with
 or without cause, only at a  meeting called for the purpose of removing the
 director.  Upon the written request of the holders of shares entitled to not
 less than ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at such
 meeting, the Secretary of the Fund shall promptly call a special meeting of
 shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of any
 director. The Secretary shall inform such shareholders of the reasonable
 estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the meeting, and upon
 payment to the Fund of such costs, the Fund shall give not less than ten nor
 more than sixty days notice of the special meeting.

                                      45
<PAGE>


                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

 The Strong Funds may advertise a variety of types of performance information
 as more fully described below.  The Fund's performance is historical and past
 performance does not guarantee the future performance of the Fund.  From time
 to time, the Advisor may agree to waive or reduce its management fee and/or to
 absorb certain operating expenses for the Fund.  Waivers of management fees
 and absorption of expenses will have the effect of increasing the Fund's
 performance.

 30-DAY YIELD

 The Fund's yield is computed in accordance with a standardized method
 prescribed by rules of the SEC.  Under that method, the current yield
 quotation for the Fund is based on a one month or 30-day period.  In computing
 its yield, the Fund follows certain standardized accounting practices
 specified by rules of the SEC.  These practices are not necessarily consistent
 with those that the Fund uses to prepare annual and interim financial
 statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.  The
 yield is computed by dividing the net investment income per share earned
 during the 30-day or one month period by the maximum offering price per share
 on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

                           YIELD = 2[( A-B + 1)6 - 1]
                                           cd
 Where      a = dividends and interest earned during the period.
      b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
      c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
 were
             entitled to receive dividends.
      d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

 DISTRIBUTION RATE

 The distribution rate for the Fund is computed, according to a
 non-standardized formula, by dividing the total amount of actual distributions
 per share paid by the Fund over a twelve month period by the Fund's net asset
 value on the last day of the period.  The distribution rate differs from the
 Fund's yield because the distribution rate includes distributions to
 shareholders from sources other than dividends and interest, such as
 short-term capital gains.  Therefore, the Fund's distribution rate may be
 substantially different than its yield.  Both the Fund's yield and
 distribution rate will fluctuate.

 AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

 The Fund's average annual total return quotation is computed in accordance
 with a standardized method prescribed by rules of the SEC.  The average annual
 total return for the Fund for a specific period is calculated by first taking
 a hypothetical $10,000 investment ("initial investment") in the Fund's shares
 on the first day of the period and computing the "redeemable value" of that
 investment at the end of the period.  The redeemable value is then divided by
 the initial investment, and this quotient is taken to the Nth root (N
 representing the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted from the
 result, which is then  expressed as a percentage.  The calculation assumes
 that all income and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been
 reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.

 TOTAL RETURN

 Calculation of the Fund's total return is not subject to a standardized
 formula.  Total return performance for a specific period is calculated by
 first taking an investment (assumed below to be $10,000) ("initial
 investment") in the Fund's shares on the first day of the period and computing
 the "ending value" of that investment at the end of the period.  The total
 return percentage is then determined by subtracting the initial investment
 from the ending value and dividing the remainder by the initial investment and
 expressing the result as a percentage.  The calculation assumes that all
 income and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at
 net asset value of the Fund on the reinvestment dates during the period.
 Total return may also be shown as the increased dollar value of the
 hypothetical investment over the period.

 CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

                                      46
<PAGE>


 Cumulative total return represents the simple change in value of an investment
 over a stated period and may be quoted as a percentage or as a dollar amount.
 Total returns and cumulative total returns may be broken down into their
 components of income and capital (including capital gains and changes in share
 price) in order to illustrate the relationship between these factors and their
 contributions to total return.

 SPECIFIC FUND PERFORMANCE

                                  30-DAY YIELD
                       (30-day period ended  May 31, 1999)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>             <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>
                                     Waived         Absorbed     Yield After Waivers and
     Fund           Yield       Management Fees     Expenses           Absorptions
- --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  -----------------------

                --------------  ---------------  --------------  -----------------------
Institutional   6.56%           0                0               6.56%
Bond Fund
- --------------  --------------  ---------------  --------------  -----------------------
</TABLE>


                                  TOTAL RETURN


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>              <C>              <C>                <C>              <C>
                 Initial $10,000    Ending $ value     Cumulative     Average Annual
  Time Period       Investment    February 28, 1999    Total Return     Total Return
- ---------------  ---------------  -----------------  ---------------  ---------------

                                  -----------------  ---------------  ---------------
       One Year          $10,000            $10,791            7.91%            7.91%
- ---------------  ---------------  -----------------  ---------------  ---------------

                                  -----------------  ---------------  ---------------
  Life of Fund*          $10,000            $13,095           30.95%           13.25%
- ---------------  ---------------  -----------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>


 *  Commenced operations December 31, 1996.

 COMPARISONS

 U.S. TREASURY BILLS, NOTES, OR BONDS.  Investors may want to compare the
 performance of the Fund to that of U.S. Treasury bills, notes, or bonds, which
 are issued by the U.S. Government.  Treasury obligations are issued in
 selected denominations.  Rates of Treasury obligations are fixed at the time
 of issuance and payment of principal and interest is backed by the full faith
 and credit of the Treasury.  The market value of such instruments will
 generally fluctuate inversely with interest rates prior to maturity and will
 equal par value at maturity.  Generally, the values of obligations with
 shorter maturities will fluctuate less than those with longer maturities.

 CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT.  Investors may want to compare the Fund's performance
 to that of certificates of deposit offered by banks and other depositary
 institutions.  Certificates of deposit may offer fixed or variable interest
 rates and principal is guaranteed and may be insured.  Withdrawal of the
 deposits prior to maturity normally will be subject to a penalty.  Rates
 offered by banks and other depositary institutions are subject to change at
 any time specified by the issuing institution.

 MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  Investors may also want to compare performance of the
 Fund to that of money market funds.  Money market fund yields will fluctuate
 and shares are not insured, but share values usually remain stable.

 LIPPER ANALYTICAL SERVICES, INC. ("LIPPER") AND OTHER INDEPENDENT RANKING
 ORGANIZATIONS.  From time to time, in marketing and other fund literature, the
 Fund's performance may be compared to the performance of other mutual funds in
 general or to the performance of particular types of mutual funds with similar
 investment goals, as tracked by independent organizations.  Among these
 organizations, Lipper, a widely used independent research firm which ranks
 mutual funds by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, may be
 cited.  Lipper performance figures are based on changes in net asset value,
 with all income and capital gains dividends reinvested.  Such calculations do
 not include the effect of any sales charges imposed by other funds.  The Fund
 will be compared to Lipper's appropriate fund category, that is, by fund
 objective and portfolio holdings.  The Fund's performance may also be compared
 to the average performance of its Lipper category.

 MORNINGSTAR, INC.  The Fund's performance may also be compared to the
 performance of other mutual funds by Morningstar, Inc., which rates funds on
 the basis of historical risk and total return.  Morningstar's ratings range
 from five stars (highest) to

                                      47
<PAGE>

one star (lowest) and represent Morningstar's assessment of the historical risk
level and total return of a fund as a weighted average for 3, 5, and 10 year
periods.  Ratings are not absolute and do not represent future results.

 INDEPENDENT SOURCES.  Evaluations of fund performance made by independent
 sources may also be used in advertisements concerning the Fund, including
 reprints of, or selections from, editorials or articles about the Fund,
 especially those with similar objectives.  Sources for fund performance and
 articles about the Fund may include publications such as Money, Forbes,
 Kiplinger's, Smart Money, Financial World, Business Week, U.S. News and World
 Report, The Wall Street Journal, Barron's, and a variety of investment
 newsletters.

 VARIOUS BANK PRODUCTS.  The Fund's performance also may be compared on a
 before or after-tax basis to various bank products, including the average rate
 of bank and thrift institution money market deposit accounts, Super N.O.W.
 accounts and certificates of deposit of various maturities as reported in the
 Bank Rate Monitor, National Index of 100 leading banks, and thrift
 institutions as published by the Bank Rate Monitor, Miami Beach, Florida.  The
 rates published by the Bank Rate Monitor National Index are averages of the
 personal account rates offered on the Wednesday prior to the date of
 publication by 100 large banks and thrifts in the top ten Consolidated
 Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas.  The rates provided for the  bank
 accounts assume no compounding and are for the lowest minimum deposit required
 to open an account.  Higher rates may be available for larger deposits.

 With respect to money market deposit accounts and Super N.O.W. accounts,
 account minimums range upward from $2,000 in each institution and compounding
 methods vary.  Super N.O.W. accounts generally offer unlimited check writing
 while money market deposit accounts generally restrict the number of checks
 that may be written.  If more than one rate is offered, the lowest rate is
 used.  Rates are determined by the financial institution and are subject to
 change at any time specified by the institution.  Generally, the rates offered
 for these products take market conditions and competitive product yields into
 consideration when set.  Bank products represent a taxable alternative income
 producing product.  Bank and thrift institution deposit accounts may be
 insured.  Shareholder accounts in the Fund are not insured.  Bank passbook
 savings accounts compete with money market mutual fund products with respect
 to certain liquidity features but may not offer all of the features available
 from a money market mutual fund, such as check writing.  Bank passbook savings
 accounts normally offer a fixed rate of interest while the yield of the Fund
 fluctuates.  Bank checking accounts normally do not pay interest but compete
 with money market mutual fund products with respect to certain liquidity
 features (E.G., the ability to write checks against the account).  Bank
 certificates of deposit may offer fixed or variable rates for a set term.
 (Normally, a variety of terms are available.)  Withdrawal of these deposits
 prior to maturity will normally be subject to a penalty.  In contrast, shares
 of the Fund are redeemable at the net asset value (normally, $1.00 per share)
 next determined after a request is received, without charge.

 INDICES.  The Fund may compare its performance to a wide variety of indices.
 There are differences and similarities between the investments that a Fund may
 purchase and the investments measured by the indices.

 HISTORICAL ASSET CLASS RETURNS.  From time to time, marketing materials may
 portray the historical returns of various asset classes.  Such presentations
 will typically compare the average annual rates of return of inflation, U.S.
 Treasury bills, bonds, common stocks, and small stocks. There are important
 differences between each of these investments that should be considered in
 viewing any such comparison.  The market value of stocks will fluctuate with
 market conditions, and small-stock prices generally will fluctuate more than
 large-stock prices.  Stocks are generally more volatile than bonds.  In return
 for this volatility, stocks have generally performed better than bonds or cash
 over time.  Bond prices generally will fluctuate inversely with interest rates
 and other market conditions, and the prices of bonds with longer maturities
 generally will fluctuate more than those of shorter-maturity bonds. Interest
 rates for bonds may be fixed at the time of issuance, and payment of principal
 and interest may be guaranteed by the issuer and, in the case of U.S. Treasury
 obligations, backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.

                                      48
<PAGE>

STRONG FUNDS.   The Strong Funds offer a comprehensive range of conservative to
aggressive investment options. The Strong Funds and their investment objectives
are listed below. The Funds are listed in ascending order of risk and return,
as determined by the Funds' Advisor.

 FUND NAME                    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                       <C>
Strong Investors Money Fund               Current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Money Market Fund                  Current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Heritage Money Fund                Current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Municipal Money Market Fund        Federally tax-exempt current income, a stable share-price, and daily liquidity.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Municipal Advantage Fund           Federally tax-exempt current income with a very low degree of share-price
                                          fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Advantage Fund                     Current income with a very low degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond          Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current income
Fund                                      with a low degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Short-Term Bond Fund               Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a low degree of
                                          share-price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Short-Term Global Bond Fund        Total return by investing for a high level of income with a low degree of share
                                          price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Short-Term High Yield              Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current income
Municipal Fund                            with a moderate degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Short-Term High Yield Bond         Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a moderate
Fund                                      degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Government Securities Fund         Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a moderate
                                          degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Municipal Bond Fund                Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current income
                                          with a moderate degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Corporate Bond Fund                Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a moderate
                                          degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong High-Yield Municipal Bond          Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current
Fund                                      income.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong High-Yield Bond Fund               Total return by investing for a high level of current income and capital growth.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Global High-Yield Bond Fund        Total return by investing for a high level of current income and capital growth.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong International Bond Fund            High total return by investing for both income and capital appreciation.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Asset Allocation Fund              High total return consistent with reasonable risk over the long term.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Equity Income Fund                 Total return by investing for both income and capital growth.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong American Utilities Fund            Total return by investing for both income and capital growth.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Blue Chip 100 Fund                 Total return by investing for both income and capital growth.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Limited Resources Fund             Total return by investing for both capital growth and income.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Total Return Fund                  High total return by investing for capital growth and income.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Growth and Income Fund             High total return by investing for capital growth and income.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Index 500 Fund                     To approximate as closely as practicable (before fees and expenses) the
                                          capitalization-weighted total rate of return of that portion of the U.S. market for
                                          publicly traded common stocks composed of the larger capitalized companies.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Schafer Balanced Fund              Total return by investing for both income and capital growth.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Schafer Value Fund                 Long-term capital appreciation principally through investment in common
                                          stocks and other equity securities.  Current income is a secondary objective.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Dow 30 Value Fund                  Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>
Strong Value Fund                   Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Opportunity Fund             Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund     Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Mid Cap Growth Fund          Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Common Stock Fund*           Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Strategic Growth Fund        Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Small Cap Value Fund         Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Growth Fund                  Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Discovery Fund               Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong U.S. Emerging Growth Fund    Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Enterprise Fund              Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------

Strong Growth 20 Fund              Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong International Stock Fund     Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Overseas Fund                Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Foreign MajorMarketsSM Fund  Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
Strong Asia Pacific Fund            Capital growth.
- ----------------------------------  ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      48

 *     The Fund is closed to new investors, except the Fund may continue to
 offer its shares through certain 401(k) plans and similar company-sponsored
 retirement plans.

 The Advisor also serves as Advisor to several management investment companies,
 some of which fund variable annuity separate accounts of certain insurance
 companies.

 The Fund may from time to time be compared to other Strong Funds based on a
 risk/reward spectrum.  In general, the amount of risk associated with any
 investment product is commensurate with that product's potential level of
 reward. The Strong Funds risk/reward continuum or any Fund's position on the
 continuum may be described or diagrammed in marketing materials.  The Strong
 Funds risk/reward continuum positions the risk and reward potential of each
 Strong Fund relative to the other Strong Funds, but is not intended to
 position any Strong Fund relative to other mutual funds or investment
 products. Marketing materials may also discuss the relationship between risk
 and reward as it relates to an individual investor's portfolio.

 TYING TIME FRAMES TO YOUR GOALS.  There are many issues to consider as you
 make your investment decisions, including analyzing your risk tolerance,
 investing experience, and asset allocations.  You should start to organize
 your investments by learning to link your many financial goals to specific
 time frames.  Then you can begin to identify the appropriate types of
 investments to help meet your goals.  As a general rule of thumb, the longer
 your time horizon, the more price fluctuation you will be able to tolerate in
 pursuit of higher returns.  For that reason, many people with longer-term
 goals select stocks or long-term bonds, and many people with nearer-term goals
 match those up with for instance, short-term bonds.  The Advisor developed the
 following suggested holding periods to help our investors set realistic
 expectations for both the risk and reward potential of our funds.  (See table
 below.)  Of course, time is just one element to consider when making your
 investment decision.

                                      50
<PAGE>


                 STRONG FUNDS SUGGESTED MINIMUM HOLDING PERIODS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>                         <C>                          <C>
       UNDER 1 YEAR               1 TO 2 YEARS                 4 TO 7 YEARS              5 OR MORE YEARS
- -------------------------  --------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------------
Money Market Fund                      Advantage Fund  Government Securities Fund   Asset Allocation Fund
Heritage Money Fund          Municipal Advantage Fund  Municipal Bond Fund          American Utilities Fund
Municipal Money Market                                 Corporate Bond Fund          Index 500 Fund
Fund                                     2 TO 4 YEARS  International Bond Fund      Total Return Fund
Investors Money Fund             Short-Term Bond Fund  High-Yield Municipal Bond    Opportunity Fund
                            Short-Term Municipal Bond  Fund                         Growth Fund
                                                 Fund  High-Yield Bond Fund         Common Stock Fund*
                               Short-Term Global Bond  Global High-Yield Bond Fund  Discovery Fund
                                                 Fund                               International Stock Fund
                           Short-Term High Yield Bond                               Asia Pacific Fund
                                                 Fund                               Value Fund
                                Short-Term High Yield                               Growth and Income Fund
                                       Municipal Fund                               Equity Income Fund
                                                                                    Mid Cap Growth Fund
                                                                                    Schafer Value Fund
                                                                                    Growth 20 Fund
                                                                                    Blue Chip 100 Fund
                                                                                    Small Cap Value Fund
                                                                                    Dow 30 Value Fund
                                                                                    Schafer Balanced Fund
                                                                                    Limited Resources Fund
                                                                                    Overseas Fund
                                                                                    Foreign MajorMarketsSM
                                                                                    Fund
                                                                                    Strategic Growth Fund
                                                                                    Enterprise Fund
                                                                                    Mid Cap Disciplined Fund
                                                                                    U.S. Emerging Growth
                                                                                    Fund
</TABLE>

 *     This Fund is closed to new investors, except the Fund may continue to
 offer its shares through certain 401(k) plans and similar company-sponsored
 retirement plans.

 ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION

 PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS.  In order to present a more complete picture of the
 Fund's portfolio, marketing materials may include various actual or estimated
 portfolio characteristics, including but not limited to median market
 capitalizations, earnings per share, alphas, betas, price/earnings ratios,
 returns on equity, dividend yields, capitalization ranges, growth rates,
 price/book ratios, top holdings, sector breakdowns, asset allocations, quality
 breakdowns, and breakdowns by geographic region.

 MEASURES OF VOLATILITY AND RELATIVE PERFORMANCE.  Occasionally statistics may
 be used to specify fund volatility or risk. The general premise is that
 greater volatility connotes greater risk undertaken in achieving performance.
 Measures of volatility or risk are generally used to compare the Fund's net
 asset value or performance relative to a market index.  One measure of
 volatility is beta.  Beta is the volatility of a fund relative to the total
 market as represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index.  A beta of
 more than 1.00 indicates volatility greater than the market, and a beta of
 less than 1.00 indicates volatility less than the market.  Another measure of
 volatility or risk is standard deviation. Standard deviation is a statistical
 tool that measures the degree to which a fund's performance has varied from
 its average performance during a particular time period.



                                      51
<PAGE>

 Standard deviation is calculated using the following formula:

      Standard deviation = the square root of  S(xi - xm)2

                               n-1

 Where:     S = "the sum of",
      xi  = each individual return during the time period,
      xm = the average return over the time period, and
      n = the number of individual returns during the time period.

 Statistics may also be used to discuss the Fund's relative performance. One
 such measure is alpha. Alpha measures the actual return of a fund compared to
 the expected return of a fund given its risk (as measured by beta).  The
 expected return is based on how the market as a whole performed, and how the
 particular fund has historically performed against the market. Specifically,
 alpha is the actual return less the expected return. The expected return is
 computed by multiplying the advance or decline in a market representation by
 the Fund's beta. A positive alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager
 has added, and a negative alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager has
 lost.

 Other measures of volatility and relative performance may be used as
 appropriate. However, all such measures will fluctuate and do not represent
 future results.

 DURATION.  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price
 sensitivity of a bond or a bond fund to changes in interest rates.  It
 measures bond price sensitivity to interest rate changes by taking into
 account the time value of cash flows generated over the bond's life.  Future
 interest and principal payments are discounted to reflect their present value
 and then are multiplied by the number of years they will be received to
 produce a value that is expressed in years.  Since duration can also be
 computed for the Fund, you can estimate the effect of interest rates on the
 Fund's share price.  Simply multiply the Fund's duration by an expected change
 in interest rates.  For example, the price of the Fund with a duration of two
 years would be expected to fall approximately two percent if market interest
 rates rose by one percentage point.

                             INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
 53202, are the independent accountants for the Fund, providing audit services
 and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings
 with the SEC.

                                  LEGAL COUNSEL

 Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., 780 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202,
 acts as legal counsel for the Fund.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 The Annual Report for the Fund that is attached to this SAI contains the
 following audited financial information:

 1.     Schedule of Investments in Securities.
 2.     Statement of Operations.
 3.     Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
 4.     Statement of Changes in Net Assets.
 5.     Notes to Financial Statements.
 6.     Financial Highlights.
 7.     Report of Independent Accountants.


                                      52
<PAGE>


                 APPENDIX A - ASSET COMPOSITION BY BOND RATINGS

 For the fiscal year ended February 28, 1999, the Fund's assets were invested
 in the credit categories shown below. Percentages are computed on a
 dollar-weighted basis and are an average of twelve monthly calculations.

 STRONG INSTITUTIONAL BOND FUND


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>     <C>          <C>
           RATED                ADVISOR'S ASSESSMENT
RATING  SECURITIES*            OF UNRATED SECURITIES
- ------  -----------  -----------------------------------------
AAA     55.4%        1.1%
AA      1.9          --
A       12.9         0.1
BBB     11.8         --
BB      7.7          0.9
B       7.7          0.3
CCC     0.2          --
CC      --           --
C       --           --
D       --           --
Total   97.6   +     2.4     =100%
</TABLE>


 * The indicated percentages are based on the highest rating received from any
 one NRSRO. Each of the NRSROs utilizes rating categories that are
 substantially similar to those used in this chart (see the information below
 for the rating categories of several NRSROs).



                                      53
<PAGE>


                     APPENDIX B - DEFINITION OF BOND RATINGS

                     STANDARD & POOR'S ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS

 A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a current opinion of the
 creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial
 obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial
 program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper
 programs).  It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors,
 insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement of the obligation and takes
 into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated.  The issue
 credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial
 obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability
 for a particular investor.

 Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the
 obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers to
 be reliable.  Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with
 any credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial
 information.  Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a
 result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on
 other circumstances.

 Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term.  Short-term
 ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in
 the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an
 original maturity of no more than 365 days - including commercial paper.
 Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an
 obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations.  The result is
 a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in
 addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-term notes are assigned
 long-term ratings.

 Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
 considerations:

 1.     Likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet
 its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
 obligation.

 2.     Nature of and provisions of the obligation.

 3.     Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the
 event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
 bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

 The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk.  As such,
 they pertain to senior obligations of an entity.  Junior obligations are
 typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority
 in bankruptcy, as noted above.  (Such differentiation applies when an entity
 has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured
 obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly
 with the category definition.

 'AAA'

 An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard &
 Poor's.  The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
 obligation is EXTREMELY STRONG.

 'AA'

 An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest rated obligations only in
 small degree.  The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
 obligation is VERY STRONG.

 'A'

 An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
 changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher
 rated categories.  However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
 commitment on the obligation is still STRONG.

                                      54
<PAGE>


 'BBB'

 An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits ADEQUATE protection parameters.  However,
 adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead
 to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
 obligation.

 Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC' and 'C' are regarded as having
 significant speculative characteristics.  'BB' indicates the least degree of
 speculation and 'C' the highest.  While such obligations will likely have some
 quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large
 uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 'BB'

 An obligation rated 'BB' is LESS VULNERABLE to nonpayment than other
 speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
 to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the
 obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
 obligation.

 'B'

 An obligation rated 'B' is MORE VULNERABLE to nonpayment than obligations
 rated 'BB', but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
 commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or economic
 conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet
 its financial commitment on the obligation.

 'CCC'

 An obligation rated 'CCC' is CURRENTLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment, and is
 dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
 obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In the event of
 adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely
 to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 'CC'

 An obligation rated 'CC' is  CURRENTLY HIGHLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment.

 'C'

 The 'C' rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition
 has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this
 obligation are being continued.

 'D'

 An obligation rated 'D' is in payment default.  The 'D' rating category is
 used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, even if the
 applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes
 that such payments will be made during such grade period.  The 'D' rating also
 will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a
 similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

                         MOODY'S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

 Aaa  - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They
 carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as
 "gilt edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
 exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various
 protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized
 are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
 standards.  Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known
 as high-grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
 of protection may

                                      55
<PAGE>

not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may
be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and
 are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations.  Factors giving
 security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may
 be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the
 future.

 Baa - Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
 (I.E., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).  Interest
 payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain
 protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable
 over any great length of time.  Such bonds lack outstanding investment
 characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their
 future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest
 and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded
 during both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position
 characterizes bonds in this class.

 B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
 investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of
 other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 Caa - Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be in
 default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal
 or interest.

 Ca - Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a
 high degree.  Such issues are often in default or have other marked
 shortcomings.

 C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so
 rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any
 real investment standing.

          FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") LONG-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS

 AAA

 Obligations which have the highest rating assigned by Fitch on its national
 rating scale for that country.  This rating is automatically assigned to all
 obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.  Capacity for timely
 repayment of principal and interest is extremely strong, relative to other
 obligors in the same country.

 AA

 Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
 is very strong relative to other obligors in the same country.  The risk
 attached to these obligations differs only slightly from the country's highest
 rated debt.

 A

 Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
 is strong relative to other obligors in the same country.  However, adverse
 changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to
 affect the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
 categories.

 BBB

 Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
 is adequate relative to other obligors in the same country.  However, adverse
 changes in business, economic or financial conditions are more likely to
 affect the capacity for timely repayment than for obligations in higher rated
 categories.


                                      56
<PAGE>

 BB

 Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
 is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country.  Within the
 context of the country, these obligations are speculative to some degree and
 capacity for timely repayment remains susceptible over time to adverse changes
 in business, financial or economic conditions.

 B

 Obligations for which capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest
 is uncertain relative to other obligors in the same country.  Timely repayment
 of principal and interest is not sufficiently protected against adverse
 changes in business, economic or financial conditions and these obligations
 are more speculative than those in higher rated categories.

 CCC

 Obligations for which there is a current perceived possibility of default
 relative to other obligors in the same country.  Timely repayment of principal
 and interest is dependent on favorable business, economic or financial
 conditions and these obligations are far more speculative than those in higher
 rated categories.

 CC

 Obligations which are highly speculative relative to other obligors in the
 same country or which have a high risk of default.

 C

 Obligations which are currently in default.

       DUFF & PHELPS, INC. LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK RATING SCALE

 Rating      Definition

 AAA     Highest credit quality.  The risk factors are negligible, being only
 slightly more
      than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

 AA+     High credit quality.  Protection factors are strong.  Risk is modest
 but may
 AA     vary slightly from time to time because of economic conditions.
 AA-

 A+     Protection factors are average but adequate.  However, risk factors are
 more
 A     variable in periods of greater economic stress.
 A-

BBB+     Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for
prudent
 BBB     investment.  Considerable variability in risk during economic cycles.
 BBB-

 BB+     Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.

 BB     Present or prospective financial protection factors fluctuate according
 to
 BB-     industry conditions.  Overall quality may move up or down frequently
      within this category.

 B+     Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligations will not be
 met
 B     when due.  Financial protection factors will fluctuate widely according
 to
 B-     economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes.
 Potential

                                      57
<PAGE>

      exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a
 higher
      or lower rating grade.

 CCC     Well below investment-grade securities.  Considerable uncertainty
 exists as to
      timely payment of principal, interest or preferred dividends.  Protection
 factors
      are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable economic/industry

      conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.

 DD     Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal
 and/or
      interest payments.

 DP     Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

                    THOMSON BANKWATCH LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

 Long-Term Debt Ratings assigned by Thomson BankWatch ALSO WEIGH HEAVILY
 GOVERNMENT OWNERSHIP AND SUPPORT.  The quality of both the company's
 management and franchise are of even greater importance in the Long-Term Debt
 Rating decisions.  Long-Term Debt Ratings look out over a cycle and are not
 adjusted frequently for what it believes are short-term performance
 aberrations.

 Long-Term Debt Ratings can be restricted to local currency debt - ratings will
 be identified by the designation LC.  In addition, Long-Term Debt Ratings may
 include a plus (+) or minus (-) to indicate where within the category the
 issue is placed.  BankWatch Long-Term Debt Ratings are based on the following
 scale:

 INVESTMENT GRADE

 AAA (LC-AAA) - Indicates that the ability to repay principal and interest on a
 timely basis is extremely high.

 AA (LC-AA) - Indicates a very strong ability to repay principal and interest
 on a timely basis, with limited incremental risk compared to issues rated in
 the highest category.

 A (LC-A) - Indicates the ability to repay principal and interest is strong.
 Issues rated A could be more vulnerable to adverse developments (both internal
 and external) than obligations with higher ratings.

 BBB (LC-BBB) - The lowest investment-grade category; indicates an acceptable
 capacity to repay principal and interest.  BBB issues are more vulnerable to
 adverse developments (both internal and external) than obligations with higher
 ratings.

 NON-INVESTMENT GRADE - may be speculative in the likelihood of timely
 repayment of principal and interest

 BB (LC-BB) - While not investment grade, the BB rating suggests that the
 likelihood of default is considerably less than for lower-rated issues.
 However, there are significant uncertainties that could affect the ability to
 adequately service debt obligations.

 B (LC-B) - Issues rated B show a higher degree of uncertainty and therefore
 greater likelihood of default than higher-rated issues.  Adverse developments
 could negatively affect the payment of interest and principal on a timely
 basis.

 CCC (LC-CCC) - Issues rated CCC clearly have a high likelihood of default,
 with little capacity to address further adverse changes in financial
 circumstances.

 CC (LC-CC) - CC is applied to issues that are subordinate to other obligations
 rated CCC and are afforded less protection in the event of bankruptcy or
 reorganization.

 D (LC-D) - Default.

                                      57
<PAGE>


                               SHORT-TERM RATINGS

                STANDARD & POOR'S SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS

 'A-1'

 A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by
 Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
 the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain obligations are
 designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor's capacity
 to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 'A-2'

 A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the averse
 effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations
 in higher rating categories.  However, the obligor's capacity to meet its
 financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 'A-3'

 A short-term obligation rated 'A-3' exhibits adequate protection parameters.
 However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely
 to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment
 on the obligation.

 'B'

 A short-term obligation rated 'B' is regarded as having significant
 speculative characteristics.  The obligor currently has the capacity to meet
 its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing
 uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet
 its financial commitment on the obligation.

 'C'

 A short-term obligation rated 'C' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is
 dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the
 obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 'D'

 A short-term obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating
 category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due
 even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
 believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The 'D'
 rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the
 taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

                         MOODY'S SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS

 Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
 repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
 maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

 Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
 grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 PRIME - 1     Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a
 superior ability for repayment of senior short-term                Debt
 obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
 following                     characteristics:
- - Leading market positions in well-established industries.

                                      59
<PAGE>

- - High rates of return on funds employed.
- - Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
  ample asset protection.
- - Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high
  internal cash generation.
- - Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
  of alternate liquidity.

PRIME - 2     Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
ability for repayment of senior short-term                debt obligations.
This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but
to a lesser                degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while
sound, may be more subject to variation.  Capitalization
characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external
conditions.  Ample alternate                liquidity is maintained.

PRIME - 3     Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-               term
obligations.  The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
may be more pronounced.            Variability in earnings and profitability
may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements
and may require relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate
liquidity is maintained.

NOT PRIME     Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
rating categories.

         FITCH IBCA, INC. ("FITCH") SHORT-TERM NATIONAL CREDIT RATINGS

F1

Obligations assigned this rating have the highest capacity for timely repayment
under Fitch's national rating scale for that country, relative to other
obligations in the same country.  This rating is automatically assigned to all
obligations issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.  Where issues possess
a particularly strong credit feature, a "+" is added to the assigned rating.

F2

Obligations supported by a strong capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country.  However, the relative degree of risk is
slightly higher than for issues classified as 'A1' and capacity for timely
repayment may be susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or
financial conditions.

F3

Obligations supported by an adequate capacity for timely repayment relative to
other obligors in the same country.  Such capacity is more susceptible to
adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions than for
obligations in higher categories.

B

Obligations for which the capacity for timely repayment is uncertain relative
to other obligors in the same country.  The capacity for timely repayment is
susceptible to adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions.

C

Obligations for which there is a high risk of default to other obligors in the
same country or which are in default.

                                      60
<PAGE>


                  DUFF & PHELPS, INC. SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS

RATING:          DEFINITION

          HIGH GRADE

D-1+     Highest certainty of timely payment.  Short-term liquidity, including
internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of funds, is
outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term
obligations.

D-1     Very high certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are excellent
and supported by good fundamental protection factors.  Risk factors are minor.

D-1-     High certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are strong and
supported by good fundamental protection factors.  Risk factors are very small.

GOOD GRADE

D-2     Good certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors and company
fundamentals are sound.  Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge total
financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.  Risk factors are
small.

SATISFACTORY GRADE

D-3     Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as
to investment grade.  Risk factors are larger and subject to more variation.
Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

NON-INVESTMENT GRADE

D-4     Speculative investment characteristics.  Liquidity is not sufficient to
insure against disruption in debt service.  Operating factors and market access
may be subject to a high degree of variation.

DEFAULT

D-5          Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
payments.

                   THOMSON BANKWATCH (TBW) SHORT-TERM RATINGS

TBW assigns Short-Term Debt Ratings to specific debt instruments with original
maturities of one year or less.

TBW-1 (LC-1)  The highest category; indicates a very high likelihood that
principal and interest will be paid on a timely basis.

TBW-2 (LC-2)  The second-highest category; while the degree of safety regarding
timely repayment of principal and interest is strong, the relative degree of
safety is not as high as for issues rated TBW-1.

TBW-3 (LC-3)  The lowest investment-grade category; indicates that while the
obligation is more susceptible to adverse developments (both internal and
external) than those with higher ratings, the capacity to service principal and
interest in a timely fashion is considered adequate.

TBW-4 (LC-4)  The lowest rating category; this rating is regarded as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.

                                      61
<PAGE>



                        STRONG INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.

                                     PART C
                               OTHER INFORMATION

Item 23.  EXHIBITS

     (a)     Articles of Incorporation dated July 31, 1996(4)
     (a.1)   Amendment to Articles of Incorporation dated October 22, 1996(4)
     (b)     Bylaws dated October 20, 1995(1)
     (b.1)   Amendment to Bylaws dated May 1, 1998(5)
     (c)     Specimen Stock Certificate(1)
     (d)     Investment Advisory Agreement(1)
     (d.1)   Schedule of Additional Funds (4)
     (e)     Distribution Agreement(1)
     (f)     Inapplicable
     (g)     Custody Agreement with Firstar (3)
     (g.1)   Global Custody Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (4)
     (h)     Shareholder Servicing Agent Agreement(2)
     (i)     Inapplicable
     (j)     Consent of Independent Accountants
     (k)     Inapplicable
     (l)     Inapplicable
     (m)     Inapplicable
     (n)     Financial Data Schedule
     (o)     Inapplicable
     (p)     Power of Attorney dated June 24, 1999
     (q)     Letter of Representation
     (r)     Code of Ethics for Access Persons dated January 1, 1999
     (r.1)   Code of Ethics for Non-Access Persons dated January 1, 1999
_______________________

(1)     Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form
N-1A of Registrant filed on or about August 3, 1995.

(2)     Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on or about September 19, 1995.

(3)     Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on or about June 27, 1996.

(4)     Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on or about December 30, 1996.

(5)     Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to
the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on or about April 30, 1999.

Item 24.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

     Registrant neither controls any person nor is under common control with
any other person.

Item 25.  INDEMNIFICATION

     Officers and directors of the Fund, its advisor and underwriter are
insured under a joint directors and officers errors and omissions insurance
policy underwritten by a group of insurance companies in the aggregate amount
of $115,000,000, subject to certain deductions.  Pursuant to the authority of
the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law ("WBCL"), Article VII of Registrant's
Bylaws provides as follows:

                                       1
<PAGE>


ARTICLE VII.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

          SECTION 7.01.  MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION.  The Corporation shall
indemnify, to the full extent permitted by the WBCL, as in effect from time to
time, the persons described in Sections 180.0850 through 180.0859 (or any
successor provisions) of the WBCL or other provisions of the law of the State
of Wisconsin relating to indemnification of directors and officers, as in
effect from time to time.  The indemnification afforded such persons by this
section shall not be exclusive of other rights to which they may be entitled as
a matter of law.

          SECTION 7.02.  PERMISSIVE SUPPLEMENTARY BENEFITS.  The Corporation
may, but shall not be required to, supplement the right of indemnification
under Section 7.01 by (a) the purchase of insurance on behalf of any one or
more of such persons, whether or not the Corporation would be obligated to
indemnify such person under Section 7.01; (b) individual or group
indemnification agreements with any one or more of such persons; and (c)
advances for related expenses of such a person.

          SECTION 7.03.  AMENDMENT.  This Article VII may be amended or
repealed only by a vote of the shareholders and not by a vote of the Board of
Directors.

          SECTION 7.04.  INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.  In no event shall the
Corporation indemnify any person hereunder in contravention of any provision of
the Investment Company Act.

Item 26.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISOR

     The information contained under "Who are the fund's investment advisor and
portfolio managers" in the Prospectus and under "Directors and Officers,"
"Investment Advisor," and "Distributor" in the Statement of Additional
Information is hereby incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 411 under the
Securities Act of 1933.

Item 27.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

     (a) Strong Investments, Inc., principal underwriter for Registrant, also
serves as principal underwriter for Strong Advantage Fund, Inc.; Strong Asia
Pacific Fund, Inc.; Strong Asset Allocation Fund, Inc.; Strong Common Stock
Fund, Inc.; Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc.; Strong Corporate Bond Fund,
Inc.; Strong Discovery Fund, Inc.; Strong Equity Funds, Inc.; Strong Government
Securities Fund, Inc.; Strong Heritage Reserve Series, Inc.; Strong High-Yield
Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Income Funds, Inc.; Strong International
Equity Funds, Inc.; Strong International Income Funds, Inc.; Strong Life Stage
Series, Inc.; Strong Money Market Fund, Inc.; Strong Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.;
Strong Municipal Funds, Inc.; Strong Opportunity Fund, Inc.; Strong Opportunity
Fund II, Inc.; Strong Schafer Funds, Inc.; Strong Schafer Value Fund, Inc.;
Strong Short-Term Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Short-Term Global Bond Fund, Inc.;
Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Total Return Fund, Inc.;
and Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.

     (b)

Name and Principal      Positions and Offices   Positions and Offices
BUSINESS ADDRESS        WITH UNDERWRITER        WITH FUND


Richard S. Strong          Director and Chairman  Director and Chairman of
900 Heritage Reserve       of the Board           the Board
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

Thomas P. Lemke          Vice President and Chief  Vice President
900 Heritage Reserve     Compliance Officer
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

Stephen J. Shenkenberg     Vice President, Deputy    Vice President
900 Heritage Reserve       Chief Compliance Officer  and Secretary
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051 and Secretary

                                       2
<PAGE>

Peter D. Schwab            Vice President               none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

Joseph R. DeMartine        Vice President               none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

Anthony J. D'Amato         Vice President               none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

Dana J. Russart            Vice President               none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

Mary F. Hoppa              Vice President               none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

Thomas M. Zoeller          Treasurer and Chief          none
900 Heritage Reserve       Financial Officer
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

Richard T. Weiss           Director                    none
900 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI  53051

     (c)  None

Item 28.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

     All accounts, books, or other documents required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules promulgated
thereunder are in the physical possession of Registrant's Vice President,
Thomas P. Lemke, at Registrant's corporate offices, 100 Heritage Reserve,
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051.

Item 29.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

     All management-related service contracts entered into by Registrant are
discussed in Parts A and B of this Registration Statement.

Item 30.  UNDERTAKINGS

None


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all the
requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of
1933, and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto
duly authorized, in the Village of Menomonee Falls, and State of Wisconsin on
the 24th day of June, 1999.

          STRONG INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
          (Registrant)


     By:  /S/ THOMAS P. LEMKE
          Thomas P. Lemke, Vice President

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A has
been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                          <C>                                 <C>
            NAME                            TITLE                      DATE
- ---------------------------  ----------------------------------  ----------------


                             Chairman of the Board (Principal
/s/ Richard S. Strong        Executive Officer) and a Director     June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
Richard S. Strong


                             Treasurer (Principal Financial and
/s/ John W. Widmer           Accounting Officer)                   June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
John W. Widmer



                             Director                              June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
Marvin E. Nevins*



                             Director                              June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
Willie D. Davis*



                             Director                              June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
William F. Vogt*



                             Director                              June 24, 1999
- ---------------------------
Stanley Kritzik*
</TABLE>

*     John S. Weitzer signs this document pursuant to powers of attorney filed
with this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A.


                                   By:  /S/ JOHN S. WEITZER
                                            John S. Weitzer


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>          <C>                                     <C>
                                                     EDGAR
EXHIBIT NO.                  EXHIBIT                 EXHIBIT NO.
- -----------  --------------------------------------

(j)          Consent of Independent Accountants      EX-99.j

(n)          Financial Data Schedule                 EX-27.CLASS A

(p)          Power of Attorney                       EX-99.p

(q)          Letter of Representation                EX-99.q

(r)          Code of Ethics for Access Persons       EX-99.r

(r.1)        Code of Ethics for Non-Access Persons   EX-99.r1
</TABLE>



                                       1
<PAGE>









CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors of
Strong Institutional Funds, Inc.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendment No. 8
to the Registration Statement of Strong Institutional Funds, Inc., on Form N-1A
of our report dated April 7, 1999, on our audit of the financial statements and
financial highlights of Strong Institutional Bond Fund (one of the portfolios
constituting the Strong Institutional Funds, Inc.), which report is included in
the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended February 28, 1999, which
is incorporated by reference in the Post-Effective Amendment to the
Registration Statement.  We also consent to the references to our Firm under
the captions "Independent Accountants" in the Statement of Additional
Information and "Financial Highlights" in the Prospectus.


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Milwaukee, Wisconsin
June 24, 1999


                                       1
<PAGE>



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>		6
<CIK>		0000948336
<NAME>		Strong Institutional Funds, Inc.
<SERIES>
   <NUMBER>		2
   <NAME>		Strong Institutional Bond Fund


<S>		<C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>		12-Mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>		Feb-28-1999
<PERIOD-START>		Mar-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>		Feb-28-1999
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>		134540240
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>		134338403
<RECEIVABLES>		3582824
<ASSETS-OTHER>		64269
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>		0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>		137985496
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>		2419398
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>		0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>		850382
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>		3269780
<SENIOR-EQUITY>		0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>		134226087
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>		12119230
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>		55039880
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>		31622
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>		0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>		511301
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>		0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>		(53294)
<NET-ASSETS>		134715716
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>		271825
<INTEREST-INCOME>		5178658
<OTHER-INCOME>		0
<EXPENSES-NET>		(314669)
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>		5135814
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>		1556123
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>		(824664)
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>		5867273
<EQUALIZATION>		0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>		(5166846)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>		(1721649)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>		0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>		7695552
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>		(1180209)
<SHARES-REINVESTED>		542552
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>		78151313
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>		11433
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>		741720
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>		0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>		0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>		213238
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>		0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>		 314,669
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>		85448117
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>		11.18
<PER-SHARE-NII>		0.67
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>		0.19
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>		(0.68)
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>		(0.24)
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>		0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>		11.12
<EXPENSE-RATIO>		0.4





</TABLE>


                         STRONG INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
                                  (Registrant)

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints Thomas
P. Lemke, Stephen J. Shenkenberg, and John S. Weitzer, and each of them, his
true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form N-1A, and any and all
amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits, and any other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and any other regulatory body granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes, as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>                                         <C>
            NAME
                                TITLE                           DATE
- -----------------------------  ------------------------------------------  -----------------


/s/ Thomas P. Lemke            Vice President                                June 24, 1999
- -----------------------------
Thomas P. Lemke


                               Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive
/s/ Richard S. Strong          Officer) and a Director                       June 24, 1999
- -----------------------------
Richard S. Strong


                               Treasurer (Principal Financial and
/s/ John W. Widmer             Accounting Officer)                           June 24, 1999
- -----------------------------
John W. Widmer



/s/ Marvin E. Nevins           Director                                      June 24, 1999
- -----------------------------
Marvin E. Nevins



/s/ Willie D. Davis            Director                                      June 24, 1999
- -----------------------------
Willie D. Davis



/s/ William F. Vogt            Director                                      June 24, 1999
- -----------------------------
William F. Vogt



/s/ Stanley Kritzik            Director                                      June 24, 1999
- -----------------------------
Stanley Kritzik
</TABLE>



                                       1
<PAGE>



                              GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                             780 North Water Street
                           Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
                    Phone (414) 273-3500 Fax (414) 273-5198


     June 24, 1999



Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20549

     Re:     STRONG INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.

Gentlemen:

     We represent Strong Institutional Funds, Inc. (the "Company"), in
connection with its filing of Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 (the
"Post-Effective Amendment") to the Company's Registration Statement
(Registration Nos. 33-61545; 811-7335) on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of
1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The
Post-Effective Amendment is being filed pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the
Securities Act.

     We have reviewed the Post-Effective Amendment and, in accordance with Rule
485(b)(4) under the Securities Act, hereby represent that the Post-Effective
Amendment does not contain disclosures which would render it ineligible to
become effective pursuant to Rule 485(b).

                              Very truly yours,

                              GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.

                              /s/Renee Hardt Torr

                              Renee Hardt Torr




                                       1
<PAGE>





                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             FOR ACCESS PERSONS OF
                       THE STRONG FAMILY OF MUTUAL FUNDS,
                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
                       STRONG FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.,
                         AND FLINT PRAIRIE, L.L.C.


[STRONG LOGO]

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                January 1, 1999

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                       Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
                         and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
                             Dated January 1, 1999

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.  INTRODUCTION     1
     A.  Fiduciary Duty     1
1. Place the interests of Advisory Clients first     1
2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position     1
3. Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance with this
   Code including both the preclearance and reporting requirements     1
     B.  Appendices to the Code     1
1.  Definitions     2
2.  Contact Persons     2
3.  Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities     2
4.  Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Limited Power of Attorney 2
5.  Preclearance Request for Access Persons     2
6.  Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire     2
7.  List of Broad-Based Indices     2
8.  Form Letter to Broker or Bank     2
9.  Gift Policy     2
10.  Insider Trading Policy     2
C.  Application of the Code to Independent Fund Directors     2
D.  Application of the Code to Funds Subadvised by SCM     2

II.  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS     2
A.  Annual Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons     2
B.  Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons     3
1. General Requirement     3
2. Transactions Exempt from Preclearance Requirements     3
a.  Mutual Funds     3
b.  No Knowledge     3
c.  Certain Corporate Actions     3
d.  Rights     3
e.  Application to Commodities, Futures, Options on Futures and Options on
    Broad-Based Indices     3
f.  Miscellaneous     4
C.  Preclearance Requests     4
1. Trade Authorization Request Forms     4
2.  Review of Form     4
3.  Access Person Designees     4

                                       1
<PAGE>





                         TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


D.  Prohibited Transactions     5
1.  Prohibited Securities Transactions     5
a. Initial Public Offerings     5
b. Pending Buy or Sell Orders     5
c. Seven Day Blackout     5
d. Intention to Buy or Sell for Advisory Client     5
e. 60-Day Blackout     6
2.  Always Prohibited Securities Transactions     6
a. Inside Information     6
b. Market Manipulation     6
c. Large Positions in Registered Investment Companies     6
d. Others     6
3.  Private Placements     6
4.  No Explanation Required for Refusals     6
E.  Execution of Personal Securities Transactions     7
F.  Length of Trade Authorization Approval     7
G.  Trade Reporting Requirements     7
1. Reporting Requirement     7
2. Disclaimers     8
3. Quarterly Review     8
4. Availability of Reports     8

III.  FIDUCIARY DUTIES     8
A.  Confidentiality     8
B.  Gifts     9
1. Accepting Gifts     9
2. Solicitation of Gifts     9
3. Giving Gifts     9
C.  Payments to Advisory Clients     9
D.  Corporate Opportunities     9
E.  Undue Influence     9
F.  Service as a Director     10
G.  Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil Proceedings 10

                                       2
<PAGE>





                         TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


IV.  COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS     10
A.  Code of Ethics Review Committee     10
1. Membership, Voting, and Quorum     10
2. Investigating Violations of the Code     10
3. Annual Reports     10
B.  Remedies     11
1. Sanctions     11
2. Sole Authority     11
3. Review     11
C.  Exceptions to the Code     11
D.  Compliance Certification     12
E.  Record Retention     12
1. Code of Ethics     12
2. Violations     12
3. Required Reports     12
4. Access Person List     12
F.  Inquiries Regarding the Code     12



                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                       Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
                          and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
                             Dated January 1, 1999

                              TABLE OF APPENDICES


Appendix 1    (Definitions)     13
Appendix 2    (Contact Persons)     16
Appendix 3    (Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities)     17
Appendix 4    (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and
           Limited Power of Attorney)     18
Appendix 5    (Preclearance Request for Access Persons)     19
Appendix 6    (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire)     20
Appendix 7    (List of Broad-Based Indices)     23
Appendix 8    (Form Letter to Broker or Bank)     24
Appendix 9    (Gift Policy)     25
Appendix 10  (Insider Trading Policy)     27


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                       Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
                          and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
                             Dated January 1, 1999

                               I.   INTRODUCTION(1)

     A.     FIDUCIARY DUTY.  This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle
that directors, officers and associates of Strong Capital Management, Inc.
("SCM"), Strong Funds Distributors, Inc. ("the Distributor"), the Strong
Family of Mutual Funds ("the Strong Funds") and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
("Flint Prairie") have a fiduciary duty to place the interests of clients ahead
of their own.  The Code applies to all Access Persons and focuses principally on
preclearance and reporting of personal transactions in securities.  Access
Persons must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere
with making decisions in the best interests of the Advisory Clients of SCM.

As fiduciaries, Access Persons must at all times:

     1.     PLACE THE INTERESTS OF ADVISORY CLIENTS FIRST.  Access Persons must
scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the interests
of the Advisory Clients of SCM.  AN ACCESS PERSON MAY NOT INDUCE OR CAUSE AN
ADVISORY CLIENT TO TAKE ACTION, OR NOT TO TAKE ACTION, FOR PERSONAL BENEFIT
RATHER THAN FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ADVISORY CLIENT.  For example, an Access
Person would violate this Code by causing an Advisory Client to purchase a
Security he or she owned for the purpose of increasing the price of that
Security.

2.     AVOID TAKING INAPPROPRIATE ADVANTAGE OF THEIR POSITION.  The receipt of
investment opportunities, perquisites or gifts from persons seeking business
with the Strong Funds, SCM, the Distributor, Flint Prairie or their clients
could call into question the exercise of an Access Person's independent
judgment.  Access persons may not, for example, use their knowledge of portfolio
transactions to profit by the market effect of such transactions.

     3.     CONDUCT ALL PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS IN FULL COMPLIANCE
WITH THIS CODE INCLUDING BOTH THE PRECLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.
Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of Advisory Clients.  Technical
compliance with the Code's procedures will not automatically insulate from
scrutiny any trades that may indicate an abuse of fiduciary duties.

(1)  Capitalized words are defined in Appendix 1.

<PAGE>

     B.     APPENDICES TO THE CODE.  The appendices to this Code are attached
hereto, are a part of the Code and include the following:

     1.     DEFINITIONS--capitalized words as defined in the Code  (Appendix
1),

2.     CONTACT PERSONS, including the Preclearance Officer designees and the
Code of Ethics Review Committee  (Appendix 2),

     3.     DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL HOLDINGS IN SECURITIES  (Appendix 3),

4.     ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS AND LIMITED POWER OF
ATTORNEY  (Appendix 4),

     5.     PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS  (Appendix 5),

     6.     ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE  (Appendix 6),

     7.     LIST OF BROAD-BASED INDICES  (Appendix 7),

     8.     FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK  (Appendix 8),

     9.     GIFT POLICY  (Appendix 9), and

     10.     INSIDER TRADING POLICY  (Appendix 10).

     C.     APPLICATION OF THE CODE TO INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTORS.  This Code
applies to Independent Fund Directors and requires Independent Fund Directors
and their Immediate Families to report Securities Transactions to the
Compliance Department in accordance with the trade reporting requirements
(Section II.G.).  However, provisions of the Code relating to the disclosure of
personal holdings (Section II.A.), preclearance of trades (Section II.B.),
prohibited transactions (II.D.1.), large positions in registered investment
companies (Section II.D.2.c.), private placements (Section II.D.3.),
restrictions on serving as a director of a publicly-traded company (Section
III.F.) and receipt of gifts (Section III.B.) do not apply to Independent Fund
Directors.

     D.     APPLICATION OF THE CODE TO FUNDS SUBADVISED BY SCM.  This Code does
not apply to the directors, officers and general partners of Funds for which
SCM serves as a subadviser.

II.  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

A.     ANNUAL DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL HOLDINGS BY ACCESS PERSONS.  Upon
designation as an Access Person, and thereafter on an annual basis, all Access
Persons must report on the Disclosure of Personal Holdings In Securities Form
(Appendix 3) (or a substantially similar form) all Securities, including
securities held in certificate form, in which they have a Beneficial Interest
and all Securities in non-client accounts for which they make investment
decisions

<PAGE>

(previously reported holdings, as well as those specifically excluded
from the definition of Security, need not be reported).  This provision does
not apply to Independent Fund Directors.
     B.     PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS PERSONS.

     1.     GENERAL REQUIREMENT.  Except for the transactions set forth in
Section II.B.2., ALL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS in which an Access Person or a
member of his or her Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest MUST BE
PRECLEARED with the Preclearance Officer or his designee.  This provision does
not apply to transactions of Independent Fund Directors and their Immediate
Families.

     2.     TRANSACTIONS EXEMPT FROM PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS.  The following
Securities Transactions are exempt from the preclearance requirements set forth
in Section II.B.1. of this Code:

     a.     MUTUAL FUNDS.  Securities issued by any registered open-end
investment companies (including but not limited to the Strong Funds);

     b.     NO KNOWLEDGE.  Securities Transactions where neither SCM, the
Access Person nor an Immediate Family member knows of the transaction before it
is completed (for example, Securities Transactions effected for an Access
Person by a trustee of a blind trust or discretionary trades involving an
investment partnership or investment club in which the Access Person is neither
consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed);

     c.     CERTAIN CORPORATE ACTIONS.  Any acquisition or disposition of
Securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits,
reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs or other similar
corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders
of the same class of Securities.  Odd-lot tender offers are also exempt from
the preclearance requirements; however, all other tender offers must be
precleared;

     d.     RIGHTS.  Any acquisition or disposition of Securities through the
exercise of rights, options, convertible bonds or other instruments acquired in
compliance with this Code;

     e.     APPLICATION TO COMMODITIES, FUTURES, OPTIONS ON FUTURES AND OPTIONS
ON BROAD-BASED INDICES.  Commodities, futures (including currency futures and
futures on securities comprising part of a broad-based, publicly traded market
based index of stocks), options on futures, options on currencies and options
on certain indices designated by the Compliance Department as broad-based are
not subject to preclearance or the seven day black out, 60-day profit
disgorgement and other prohibited transaction provisions of Section II.D.1. of
the Code but are subject to transaction reporting requirements (Section II.G.).
The options on indices designated by the Compliance Department as broad-based
may be changed from time to time and are listed in Appendix 7.

<PAGE>

THE OPTIONS ON INDICES THAT ARE NOT DESIGNATED AS BROAD-BASED ARE SUBJECT TO
THE PRECLEARANCE, SEVEN-DAY BLACKOUT, 60-DAY PROFIT DISGORGEMENT, PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION AND REPORTING PROVISIONS OF THE CODE.

     f.     MISCELLANEOUS.  Any transaction in the following:  (1) bankers
acceptances; (2) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"); (3) commercial paper;
(4) repurchase agreements (when backed by exempt securities); (5) U.S.
Government Securities; (6) equity securities held in dividend reinvestment
plans ("DRIPs"); (7) Securities of the employer of a member of the Access
Person's Immediate Family if such securities are beneficially owned through
participation by the Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing plan, 401(k)
plan, ESOP or other similar plan; and (8) other Securities as may from time to
time be designated in writing by the Code of Ethics Review Committee on the
grounds that the risk of abuse is minimal or non-existent.

     C.     PRECLEARANCE REQUESTS.

     1.     TRADE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST FORMS.  Prior to entering an order for
a Securities Transaction that requires preclearance, the Access Person must
complete, IN WRITING, a Preclearance Request For Access Persons Form (Appendix
5) and submit the completed form to the Preclearance Officer (or his or her
designee).  The Preclearance Request For Access Persons Form requires Access
Persons to provide certain information and to make certain representations.
Proposed Securities Transactions of the Preclearance Officer that require
preclearance must be submitted to his designee.

     2.     REVIEW OF FORM.  After receiving the completed Preclearance Request
For Access Persons Form, the Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) will
(a) review the information set forth in the form, (b) independently confirm
whether the Securities are held by any Funds or other accounts managed by SCM
and whether there are any unexecuted orders to purchase or sell the Securities
by any Fund or accounts managed by SCM and (c) as soon as reasonably
practicable, determine whether to clear the proposed Securities Transaction.
The authorization, date, and time of the authorization must be reflected on the
Preclearance Request For Access Persons Form.  The Preclearance Officer (or his
or her designee) will keep one copy of the completed form for the Compliance
Department, send one copy to the Access Person seeking authorization and send
the third copy to the Trading Department, which will cause the transaction to
be executed.  If the brokerage account is an Electronic Trading Account, the
transaction may be placed by the Compliance Department.

No order for a securities transaction for which preclearance authorization is
sought may be placed prior to the receipt of WRITTEN authorization of the
transaction by the preclearance officer (or his or her designee).  Verbal
approvals are not permitted.

<PAGE>

     3.     ACCESS PERSON DESIGNEES.  If an Access Person is unable to
personally effect a personal Securities Transaction, such Access Person may
designate an individual at SCM to complete and submit for preclearance on his
or her behalf a Preclearance Request For Access Persons Form provided the
following requirements are satisfied:

     a.     The Access Person communicates the details of the trade and affirms
the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained on the Form
directly to such designated person; and

     b.     The designated person completes the Preclearance Request For Access
Persons Form on behalf of the Access Person in accordance with the requirements
of the Code and then executes the Access Person Designee Certification
contained in the Form.  The Access Person does not need to sign the Form so
long as the foregoing certification is provided.

     D.     PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS.

     1.     PROHIBITED SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.  The following Securities
Transactions for accounts in which an Access Person or a member of his or her
Immediate Family have a Beneficial Interest, to the extent they require
preclearance under Section II.B. above, are prohibited and will not be
authorized by the Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) absent
exceptional circumstances:

a.     INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS.  Any purchase of Securities in an initial
public offering (other than a new offering of a registered open-end investment
company);

     b.     PENDING BUY OR SELL ORDERS.  Any purchase or sale of Securities on
any day during which any Advisory Client has a pending "buy" or "sell" order in
the same Security (or Equivalent Security) until that order is executed or
withdrawn, unless the purchase or sale is a Program Trade;

     c.     SEVEN DAY BLACKOUT.  Purchases or sales of Securities by a
Portfolio Manager within seven calendar days of a purchase or sale of the same
Securities (or Equivalent Securities) by an Advisory Client managed by that
Portfolio Manager, unless the purchase or sale is a Program Trade.  For
example, if a Fund trades in a Security on day one, day eight is the first day
the Portfolio Manager may trade that Security for an account in which he or she
has a beneficial interest;

     d.     INTENTION TO BUY OR SELL FOR ADVISORY CLIENT.  Purchases or sales
of Securities at a time when that Access Person intends, or knows of another's
intention, to purchase or sell that Security (or an Equivalent Security) on
behalf of an Advisory Client.  This prohibition applies whether the Securities
Transaction is

<PAGE>

in the same (E.G., two purchases) or the opposite (a purchase
and sale) direction of the transaction of the Advisory Client, unless the
purchase or sale is a Program Trade; and

     e.     60-DAY BLACKOUT.  (1) Sales of a Security within 60 days of the
purchase of the Security (or an Equivalent Security) in which the Access Person
has a Beneficial Interest and (2) purchases of a Security within 60 days of the
sale of the Security (or an Equivalent Security) in which the Access Person had
a Beneficial Interest, unless in each case, the Access Person agrees to give up
all profits on the transaction to a charitable organization as specified by
remedies involving sanctions (Section IV.B.1.).

     2.     ALWAYS PROHIBITED SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.  The following
Securities Transactions are prohibited and will not be authorized under any
circumstances:

     a.     INSIDE INFORMATION.  Any transaction in a Security while in
possession of material nonpublic information regarding the Security or the
issuer of the Security (see Insider Trading Policy, Appendix 10);

     b.     MARKET MANIPULATION.  Transactions intended to raise, lower, or
maintain the price of any Security or to create a false appearance of active
trading;

     c.     LARGE POSITIONS IN REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES.  Transactions
in a registered investment company, including Strong Funds, which result in the
Access Person owning five percent or more of any class of securities in such
investment company (this prohibition does not apply to Independent Fund
Directors); and

     d.     OTHERS.  Any other transactions deemed by the Preclearance Officer
(or his designee) to involve a conflict of interest, possible diversion of
corporate opportunity or an appearance of impropriety.

     3.     PRIVATE PLACEMENTS.  Acquisitions of Beneficial Interests in
Securities in a private placement by an Access Person is strongly discouraged.
The Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) will give permission only
after considering, among other facts, whether the investment opportunity should
be reserved for Advisory Clients and whether the opportunity is being offered
to an Access Person by virtue of his or her position as an Access Person.
Access Persons who have been authorized to acquire and have acquired securities
in a private placement are required to disclose that investment to the
Compliance Department when they play a part in any subsequent consideration of
an investment in the issuer by an Advisory Client.  In such circumstances, the
decision to purchase securities of the issuer by an Advisory Client must be
independently authorized by a Portfolio Manager with no personal interest in
the issuer.  This provision does not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

<PAGE>

     4.     NO EXPLANATION REQUIRED FOR REFUSALS.  In some cases, the
Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) may refuse to authorize a
Securities Transaction for a reason that is confidential.  The Preclearance
Officer is not required to give an explanation for refusing to authorize any
Securities Transaction.

     E.     EXECUTION OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.  Unless an exception
is provided in writing by the Compliance Department, all transactions in
Securities subject to the preclearance requirements for which an Access Person
or a member of his or her Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest shall be
executed by the Trading Department.  However, if the Access Person's brokerage
account is an Electronic Trading Account, the transaction may be placed by the
Compliance Department instead of the Trading Department.  IN ALL INSTANCES, THE
TRADING DEPARTMENT MUST GIVE PRIORITY TO CLIENT TRADES OVER ACCESS PERSON
TRADES.

     F.     LENGTH OF TRADE AUTHORIZATION APPROVAL.  The authorization provided
by the Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) is effective until the
earlier of (1) its revocation, (2) the close of business on the second trading
day after the authorization is granted (for example, if authorization is
provided on a Monday, it is effective until the close of business on Wednesday)
or (3) the Access Person learns that the information in the Trade Authorization
Request Form is not accurate.  If the order for the Securities Transaction is
not placed within that period, a new advance authorization must be obtained
before the Securities Transaction is placed.  If the Securities Transaction is
placed but has not been executed within two trading days after the day the
authorization is granted (for example, in the case of a limit order or a not
held order), no new authorization is necessary unless the person placing the
original order for the Securities Transaction amends it in any way.

     G.     TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.

     1.     REPORTING REQUIREMENT.  EVERY ACCESS PERSON AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR
HER IMMEDIATE FAMILY (INCLUDING INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTORS AND THEIR IMMEDIATE
FAMILIES) MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE DIRECTLY FROM
ANY BROKER, DEALER OR BANK THAT EFFECTS ANY SECURITIES TRANSACTION, DUPLICATE
COPIES OF EACH CONFIRMATION FOR EACH SUCH TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC STATEMENTS
FOR EACH BROKERAGE ACCOUNT IN WHICH SUCH ACCESS PERSON HAS A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST.  Additionally, securities held in certificate form that are not
included in the periodic statements, must also be reported.  Attached hereto as
Appendix 8 is a form letter that may be used to request such documents from
such entities. An Access Person must arrange to have duplicate confirmations
and periodic statements sent within 30 days of the sooner of (1) designation as
an Access Person or (2) the establishment of the account at the broker, dealer
or bank.  If the Access Person is unable to arrange for the above, the Access
Person must immediately notify the Compliance Department.

<PAGE>

THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS IN (1) OPEN-END
INVESTMENT COMPANIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE STRONG FUNDS, (2) BANKERS
ACCEPTANCES, (3) BANK CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT ("CDS"), (4) COMMERCIAL PAPER,
(5) REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS WHEN BACKED BY EXEMPT SECURITIES, (6) U. S.
GOVERNMENT SECURITIES, (7) EQUITY SECURITIES HELD IN DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
PLANS ("DRIPS") OR (8) SECURITIES OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF THE ACCESS
PERSON'S IMMEDIATE FAMILY IF SUCH SECURITIES ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED THROUGH
PARTICIPATION BY THE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN, 401(K)
PLAN, ESOP OR OTHER SIMILAR PLAN.

     2.     DISCLAIMERS.  Any report of a Securities Transaction for the
benefit of a person other than the individual in whose account the transaction
is placed may contain a statement that the report should not be construed as an
admission by the person making the report that he or she has any direct or
indirect beneficial ownership in the Security to which the report relates.

     3.     QUARTERLY REVIEW.  At least quarterly, for Securities Transactions
requiring preclearance under this Code, the Preclearance Officer (or his or her
designee) shall compare the confirmations and periodic statements provided
pursuant to the trade reporting requirements (Section II.G.1.) to the approved
Trade Authorization Request Forms.  Such review shall include:

     a.     Whether the Securities Transaction complied with this Code;

     b.     Whether the Securities Transaction was authorized in advance of its
placement;

     c.     Whether the Securities Transaction was executed within two full
trading days of when it was authorized;

     d.     Whether any Fund or accounts managed by SCM owned the Securities at
the time of the Securities Transaction, and;

     e.     Whether any Fund or separate accounts managed by SCM purchased or
sold the Securities in the Securities Transaction within at least 10 days of
the Securities Transaction.

     4.     AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS.  All information supplied pursuant to this
Code will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of SCM and
SFDI; the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund; the Code of Ethics Review
Committee; the Compliance Department;  the Access Person's department manager
(or designee); any party to which any investigation is referred by any of the
foregoing, the SEC, any self-regulatory organization of which the Strong Funds,
SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie is a member, and any state securities
commission; as well as  any attorney or agent of the foregoing, the Strong
Funds, SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie.

<PAGE>

                            III.   FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     A.     CONFIDENTIALITY.  Access Persons are prohibited from revealing
information relating to the investment intentions, activities or portfolios of
Advisory Clients except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of
the information.

     B.     GIFTS.  The following provisions on gifts apply only to associates
of SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie.

     1.     ACCEPTING GIFTS.  On occasion, because of their position with SCM,
the Distributor, the Strong Funds or Flint Prairie, associates may be offered,
or may receive without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors or other
persons not affiliated with such entities.  Acceptance of extraordinary or
extravagant gifts is not permissible.  Any such gifts must be declined or
returned in order to protect the reputation and integrity of SCM, the
Distributor, the Strong Funds and Flint Prairie.  Gifts of a nominal value
(i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 a year), customary
business meals, entertainment (E.G., sporting events) and promotional items
(E.G., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may be accepted.  Please see the Gift Policy
(Appendix 9) for additional information.

          If an associate receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
Code, the associate must inform the Compliance Department.

     2.     SOLICITATION OF GIFTS.  Associates of SCM, the Distributor or Flint
Prairie may not solicit gifts or gratuities.

     3.     GIVING GIFTS.  Associates of SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie
may not give any gift with a value in excess of $100 per year to persons
associated with securities or financial organizations, including exchanges,
other member organizations, commodity firms, news media or clients of the firm.
Please see the Gift Policy (Appendix 9) for additional information.

     C.     PAYMENTS TO ADVISORY CLIENTS.  Access Persons may not make any
payments to Advisory Clients in order to resolve any type of Advisory Client
complaint.  All such matters must be handled by the Legal Department.

     D.     CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES.  Access Persons may not take personal
advantage of any opportunity properly belonging to any Advisory Client, SCM,
the Distributor or Flint Prairie.  This includes, but is not limited to,
acquiring Securities for one's own account that would otherwise be acquired for
an Advisory Client.

     E.     UNDUE INFLUENCE.  Access Persons may not cause or attempt to cause
any Advisory Client to purchase, sell or hold any Security in a manner
calculated to create any personal benefit to the Access Person.  If an Access
Person or Immediate Family Member stands

<PAGE>

to materially benefit from an investment decision for an Advisory Client that
the Access Person is recommending or participating in, the Access Person must
disclose to those persons with authority to make investment decisions for the
Advisory Client, any Beneficial Interest that the Access Person (or Immediate
Family) has in that Security or an Equivalent Security, or in the issuer
thereof, where the decision could create a material benefit to the Access
Person (or Immediate Family) or the appearance of impropriety.  If the Access
Person in question is a person with authority to make investment decisions for
the Advisory Client, disclosure must also be made to the Compliance Department.
The person to whom the Access Person reports the interest, in consultation with
the Compliance Department, must determine whether the Access Person will be
restricted in making investment decisions.

     F.     SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR.  No Access Person, other than an Independent
Fund Director, may serve on the board of directors of a publicly-held company
not affiliated with SCM, the Distributor, the Strong Funds or Flint Prairie
absent prior written authorization by the Code of Ethics Review Committee.  This
authorization will rarely, if ever, be granted and, if granted, will normally
require that the affected Access Person be isolated through "Chinese Wall" or
other procedures from those making investment decisions related to the issuer
on whose board the Access Person sits.

     G.     INVOLVEMENT IN CRIMINAL MATTERS OR INVESTMENT-RELATED CIVIL
PROCEEDINGS.  Each Access Person must notify the Compliance Department, as soon
as reasonably practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted or pleads no contest
to any criminal offense (other than minor traffic violations) or if named as a
defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings or any administrative or
disciplinary action.

                   IV.    COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS

     A.     CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE.

     1.     MEMBERSHIP, VOTING, AND QUORUM.  The Code of Ethics Review
Committee shall consist of Senior Officers of SCM.  The Committee shall vote by
majority vote with two members serving as a quorum.  Vacancies may be filled;
and in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates
may be selected by the majority vote of the remaining members of the Committee.
However, in the event that the General Counsel or Acting General Counsel is
unavailable, at least one member of the Committee shall also be a member of the
Compliance Department.

     2.     INVESTIGATING VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE.  The General Counsel, or his
or her designee, is responsible for investigating any suspected violation of
the Code and shall report the results of each investigation to the Code of
Ethics Review Committee.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee is responsible
for reviewing the results of any investigation of any reported or suspected
violation of the Code.  Any material violation of the Code by an associate of
SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie for which significant remedial

<PAGE>

action was taken will be reported to the Boards of Directors of the Strong
Funds at the next regularly scheduled quarterly Board meeting.

     3.     ANNUAL REPORTS.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee will review
the Code at least once a year, in light of legal and business developments and
experience in implementing the Code and will prepare an annual report to the
Boards of Directors of SCM, the Distributor and each Strong Fund that:

     a.     Summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and
any changes in the procedures made during the past year;

     b.     Identifies any violation requiring significant remedial action
during the past year; and

     c.     Identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or
procedures based on its experience under the Code, evolving industry practices
or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

     B.     REMEDIES.

     1.     SANCTIONS.  If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines that
an Access Person has committed a violation of the Code, the Committee may
impose sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate, including a
letter of caution or warning, suspension of personal trading rights, suspension
of employment (with or without compensation), fine, civil referral to the SEC,
criminal referral and termination of employment for cause.  The Code of Ethics
Review Committee may also require the Access Person to reverse the trade(s) in
question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss derived therefrom.  The
amount of profit shall be calculated by the Code of Ethics Review Committee and
shall be forwarded to a charitable organization.  No member of the Code of
Ethics Review Committee may review his or her own transaction.

     2.     SOLE AUTHORITY.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee has sole
authority, subject to the review set forth in Section IV.B.3. below, to
determine the remedy for any violation of the Code, including appropriate
disposition of any moneys forfeited pursuant to this provision.  Failure to
promptly abide by a directive to reverse a trade or forfeit profits may result
in the imposition of additional sanctions.

     3.     REVIEW.  Whenever the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines
that an Access Person has committed a violation of this Code that merits
significant remedial action, it will report promptly to the Boards of Directors
of SCM and/or the Distributor (as appropriate), and no less frequently than the
quarterly meeting to the Boards of Directors of the applicable Strong Funds,
information relating to the investigation of the violation, including any
sanctions imposed.  The Boards of Directors of SCM, the Distributor and the
Strong Funds may modify such sanctions as they deem appropriate.

<PAGE>

Such Boards may have access to all information considered by the Code of Ethics
Review Committee in relation to the case.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee
may determine whether to delay the imposition of any sanctions pending review by
the applicable Boards of Directors.

     C.     EXCEPTIONS TO THE CODE.  Although exceptions to the Code will
rarely, if ever, be granted, the General Counsel of SCM may grant exceptions to
the requirements of the Code on a case-by-case basis if he finds that the
proposed conduct involves negligible opportunity for abuse.  All Material
exceptions must be in writing and must be reported as soon as practicable to
the Code of Ethics Review Committee and to the Boards of Directors of the SCM
Funds at their next regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.
Refer to Appendix 1 for the definition of "Material."

     D.     COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION.  At least annually, all Access Persons
will be required to certify on the Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire set
forth in Appendix 6, or on a document substantially in the form of Appendix 6,
that they have complied with the Code in all respects.

E.     RECORD RETENTION.  SCM will, at its principal place of business,
maintain the following records in an easily accessible place, for at least six
years and will make records available to the SEC or any representative thereof
at any time:

     1.     CODE OF ETHICS.  A copy of the Code of Ethics which is, or at any
time has been, in effect.

     2.     VIOLATIONS.  A record of any violation of such Code of Ethics and
any action taken as a result of such violation.

     3.     REQUIRED REPORTS.  A copy of each report made by an Access Person
pursuant to the Code of Ethics shall include records of the procedures followed
in connection with the preclearance and reporting requirements of this Code and
information relied on by the Preclearance Officer in authorizing the Securities
Transaction and in making the post-Securities Transaction determination.

     4.     ACCESS PERSON LIST.  A list of all persons who are, or have been,
required to make reports pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

     F.     INQUIRIES REGARDING THE CODE.  The Compliance Department will
answer any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.

<PAGE>

Appendix 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

     "ACCESS PERSON" means (1) every director, officer, and general partner of
SCM, the Distributor, the Strong Funds and Flint Prairie; (2) every associate of
SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie who, in connection with his or her
regular functions, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the
purchase or sale of a security by an Advisory Client's account; (3) every
associate of SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie who is involved in making
purchase or sale recommendations for an Advisory Client's account; (4) every
associate of SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie who obtains information
concerning such recommendations prior to their dissemination; and (5) such
agents of SCM, the Distributor, the Funds or Flint Prairie as the Compliance
Department shall designate who may be deemed an Access Person if they were an
associate of the foregoing.  Any uncertainty as to whether an individual is an
Access Person should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Department.
Such questions will be resolved in accordance with, and this definition shall be
subject to, the definition of "Access Person" found in Rule 17j-1(e)(1)
promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     "ADVISORY CLIENT" means any client (including both investment companies
and managed accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment adviser or
subadviser, renders investment advice or makes investment decisions.

     "BENEFICIAL INTEREST" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to
profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject
Securities.  An Access Person is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in
Securities owned by members of his or her Immediate Family.  Common examples of
Beneficial Interest include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts,
partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations.  Any
uncertainty as to whether an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest in a
Security should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Department.  Such
questions will be resolved by reference to the principles set forth in the
definition of "beneficial owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     "CODE" means this Code of Ethics.

     "COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT" means the designated persons listed on Appendix 2,
as such Appendix shall be amended from time to time.

     "THE DISTRIBUTOR" means Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.

     "ELECTRONIC TRADING ACCOUNT" means a brokerage account held by an Access
Person where Securities Transactions are placed either electronically via the
Internet or the telephone.  All such Securities Transactions must be precleared
by the Compliance Department.  Upon  authorizing the transaction, the trade
will be placed by either the Compliance Department or the Trading Department.

<PAGE>

     "EQUIVALENT SECURITY" means any Security issued by the same entity as the
issuer of a subject Security that is convertible into the equity Security of
the issuer.  Examples include options but are not limited to rights, stock
appreciation rights, warrants and convertible bonds.

     "FUND" means an investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (or a portfolio or series thereof) for which SCM serves as an
adviser or subadviser.

     "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" of an Access Person means any of the following persons
who reside in the same household as the Access Person:

     child     grandparent     son-in-law
     stepchild     spouse     daughter-in-law
     grandchild     sibling     brother-in-law
     parent     mother-in-law     sister-in-law
     stepparent     father-in-law

Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General Counsel determines could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate
opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to
prevent.

     "INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTOR" means an independent director of an investment
company for which SCM serves as the advisor.

     "LEGAL DEPARTMENT" means the SCM Legal/Compliance Department.

     "MATERIAL" for purposes of this reporting requirement, shall mean the
following:

1.  NUMBER OF SHARES - Any transaction for more than 1,000 shares shall be
    deemed material and subject to reporting.  Whether a transaction of 1,000
    shares or less is material shall be determined on a case-by-case basis; in
    particular, the less liquid a security is, the lower the threshold that
    should be used for the materiality determination.
2.  DOLLAR VALUE OF TRANSACTION - Any transaction with a dollar value in excess
    of $25,000 shall be deemed material and subject to reporting.  Whether a
    transaction of $25,000 or less is material shall be determined on a
    case-by-case basis.
3.  NUMBER OF TRANSACTIONS IN A YEAR - The General Counsel may grant no more
    than two exceptions per associate per year that are not subject to
    reporting.  For example, if the General Counsel has granted two exceptions
    to an associate, ANY exception granted thereafter shall be deemed material
    and subject to reporting (irrespective of the number of shares or other
    circumstances of the transaction).
4.  CONSULTATION WITH INDEPENDENT COUNSEL - In any case where the General
    Counsel believes there is an issue of whether a proposed exception is
    material and

<PAGE>

subject to reporting, he shall consult with counsel to the independent directors
for the Strong Funds.

     "PORTFOLIO MANAGER" means a person who has or shares principal day-to-day
responsibility for managing the portfolio of an Advisory Client.

     "PRECLEARANCE OFFICER" means the person designated as the Preclearance
Officer in Appendix 2 hereof.

     "PROGRAM TRADE" is where a Portfolio Manager directs a trader to do trades
in either an index-type account or portion of account or, at a minimum, 25-30%
of the Securities in a non-index account.  Program Trades for non-index type
accounts generally arise in any of three situations: (1) cash or other assets
are being added to an account and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader
that new securities are to be bought in a manner that maintains the account's
existing allocations; (2) cash is being withdrawn from an account and the
Portfolio Manager instructs the trader that securities are to be sold in a
manner that maintains the account's current securities allocations; and (3) a
new account is established and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader to
buy specific securities in the same allocation percentages as are held by other
client accounts.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "SECURITY" includes stock; notes, bonds, debentures and other evidences of
indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments); limited
partnership interests; investment contracts; all derivative instruments of the
foregoing, such as options and warrants; and other items mentioned in Section
2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, not specifically exempted by Rule 17j-1.  Items
excluded from the definition of "Security" by Rule 17j-1 are U. S. Government
Securities, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper
and shares of open-end investment companies.  In addition, security does not
include futures, commodities, currencies or options on the aforementioned, but
the purchase and sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the
reporting requirements of the Code.

     "SECURITIES TRANSACTION" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which
an Access Person or a members of his or her Immediate Family has or acquires a
Beneficial Interest.

     "SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.

     "STRONG FUNDS" means the investment companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.

     "U. S. GOVERNMENT SECURITY" means any security issued or guaranteed as to
principal or interest by the United States or by a person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the Government of the United
States pursuant to authority granted by the Congress of the United States or
any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.

<PAGE>

Appendix 2

                                CONTACT PERSONS

PRECLEARANCE OFFICER

1.       Thomas P. Lemke, General Counsel of SCM
2.       Stephen J. Shenkenberg, Acting General Counsel of SCM

DESIGNEES OF PRECLEARANCE OFFICER

1.      Thomas A. Hooker
2.      John A. Flanagan
3.      Donna J. Lelinski
4.      Linda E. Meints

COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT

1.     Thomas P. Lemke
2.     Stephen J. Shenkenberg
3.       Thomas A. Hooker
4.       Daphne C. Evans
5.       Donna J. Lelinski
6.       Linda E. Meints

CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE

1.     Thomas P. Lemke, General Counsel of SCM
2.     Stephen J. Shenkenberg, Acting General Counsel of SCM
3.     John A. Flanagan, Senior Vice President of SCM

<PAGE>


                                                                      Appendix 3
                        PERSONAL HOLDINGS IN SECURITIES

In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, please provide a list
of all Securities (other than those specifically excluded from the definition
of Security), including physical certificates held, in which each Access Person
has a Beneficial Interest, including those in accounts of the Immediate Family
of the Access Person and all Securities in non-client accounts for which the
Access Person makes investment decisions.

(1)     Name of Access Person:_______________________________

(2)     If different than (1), name of the person
     in whose name the account is held:_______________________________

(3)     Relationship of (2) to (1):_______________________________

(4)     Broker at which Account is maintained:_______________________________

(5)     Account Number:_______________________________

(6)     Contact person at Broker and phone number_______________________________

(7)     For each account, attach the most recent account statement listing
Securities in that account.  If the Access Person owns Beneficial Interests in
Securities that are not listed in an attached account statement, or holds the
physical certificate, list them below:

     NAME OF SECURITY     QUANTITY     VALUE     CUSTODIAN

1.__________________________________________________________________

2.__________________________________________________________________

3.__________________________________________________________________

4.__________________________________________________________________

5.__________________________________________________________________

6.__________________________________________________________________

                     (ATTACH SEPARATE SHEET IF NECESSARY.)
     I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute
all of the Securities in which I have a Beneficial Interest, including those
for which I hold physical certificates, as well as those held in accounts of my
Immediate Family.

____________________________________
Access Person Signature

Dated:__________________		____________________________________
                                         Print Name

<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 4

                  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS
                         AND LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY


     I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated January 1,
1999, and represent that:

     1.     In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, I will
fully disclose the Securities holdings in which I have, or a member of my
Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest.*

     2.     In accordance with Section II.B.1. of the Code of Ethics, I will
obtain prior authorization for all Securities Transactions in which I have, or
a member of my Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest except for
transactions exempt from preclearance under Section II.B. 2. of the Code of
Ethics.*

     3.     In accordance with Section II.G.1. of the Code of Ethics, I will
report all Securities Transactions in which I have, or a member of my Immediate
Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for transactions exempt from
reporting under Section II.G.1. of the Code of Ethics.

     4.     I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.

     5.     I agree to disgorge and forfeit any profits on prohibited
transactions in accordance with the requirements of the Code.*

     I hereby appoint Strong Capital Management, Inc. as my attorney-in-fact
for the purpose of placing orders for and on my behalf to buy, sell, tender,
exchange, covert, and otherwise effectuate transactions in any and all stocks,
bonds, options, and other securities.  I agree that Strong Capital Management,
Inc. shall not be liable for the consequences of any errors made by the
executing brokers in connection with such transactions.*


____________________________________
     Access Person Signature


____________________________________
     Print Name
Dated:____________________

     * Representations (1), (2) and (5) and the Limited Power of Attorney do
not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

<PAGE>



                                                                      Appendix 5
Ctrl. No:_________________________ Associate ID #_______________________________

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                  PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS

1.     Name of Access Person (and trading entity, if different):________________

2.     Name and symbol of Security:_____________________________

3.     Maximum quantity to be purchased or sold:_______________________________

4.     Name, account # & phone # of broker to effect transaction:_______________

5.     Check if applicable:      Purchase     ____     Market Order     ____

          Sale     ____ Limit Order ____ (Limit Order Price: ___________)
                    Not Held Order     ____

6.     In connection with the foregoing transaction, I hereby make the
following representations and warranties:

(a)     I do not possess any material nonpublic information regarding the
Security or the issuer of the Security.
(b)     To my knowledge:
(1)     The Securities or "equivalent" securities (I.E., securities issued by
the same issuer) [ ARE / ARE NOT ] (CIRCLE ONE) held by any investment
companies or other accounts managed by SCM;
(2)     There are no outstanding purchase or sell orders for this Security (or
any equivalent security) by any investment companies or other accounts managed
by SCM; and
(3)     None of the Securities (or equivalent securities) are actively being
considered for purchase or sale by any investment companies or other accounts
managed by SCM.
 (c)     The Securities are not being acquired in an initial public offering.
 (d)     The Securities are not being acquired in a private placement or, if
they are, I have reviewed Section II.D.3. of the Code and have attached hereto
a written explanation of such transaction.
 (e)     If I am a Portfolio Manager, none of the accounts I manage purchased
or sold these Securities (or equivalent securities) within the past seven
calendar days and I do not expect any such client accounts to purchase or sell
these Securities (or equivalent securities) within seven calendar days of my
purchase or sale.
 (f)     If I am purchasing these Securities, I have not directly or indirectly
(through any member of my Immediate Family, any account in which I have a
Beneficial Interest or otherwise) sold these Securities (or equivalent
securities) in the prior 60 days.
 (g)     If I am selling these Securities, I have not directly or indirectly
(through any member of my Immediate Family, any account in which I have a
Beneficial Interest or otherwise) purchased these Securities (or equivalent
securities) in the prior 60 days.
 (h)     I have read the SCM Code of Ethics within the prior 12 months and
believe that the proposed trade fully complies with the requirements of the
Code.

______________________________             ___________________________________
Access Person                              Print Name

                    CERTIFICATION OF ACCESS PERSON DESIGNEE

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the above Access Person (a) directly
instructed me to complete this form on his or her behalf, (b) to the best of my
knowledge, was out of the office at the time of such instruction and has not
returned, and (c) confirmed to me that the representations and warranties
contained in this form are accurate.

______________________________	______________________________
Access Person Designee                   Print Name

                                 AUTHORIZATION

Authorized By:______________________________________
Date:___________________ Time:_____________________________

                                   PLACEMENT

Trader:_________________________  Date:________________
Time:__________________ Qty:_________________

                                   EXECUTION

Trader:_________________________  Date:________________
Time:__________________ Qty:_________________ Price:_______________

  (Original copy to Compliance Department, Yellow copy to Trading Department,
                          Pink copy to Access Person)
                                                                   revised 7/98
<PAGE>


CONFIDENTIAL                                                      Appendix 6

                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE(1)
                             For ACCESS PERSONS of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                       Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
                           and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.

                               September 14, 1998

Associate:  ____________________________(please print name)

     I.     Introduction

          Access Persons(2) are required to answer the following questions FOR
THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998.  ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF
THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON
PAGE 3.  Upon completion, please sign and return the questionnaire by Monday,
September 21st, to Donna Lelinski in the Compliance Department.  All
information provided is kept confidential to the maximum extent possible.  If
you have any questions, please contact Donna at extension 3362.


     II.     Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics

A.    Have you OBTAINED PRECLEARANCE for all Securities(3) Transactions in which
you have, or a member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest,
except for transactions exempt from preclearance under the Code of Ethics?
(Circle "Yes" if there have been no Securities Transactions.)

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

B.  Do you understand that you are PROHIBITED from owning five percent or more
    of any class of security of a registered investment company, and have you
    so complied?

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

C.     Have you REPORTED all Securities Transactions in which you have, or a
member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
transactions exempt from reporting under the Code of Ethics?  (Reporting
requirements include arranging for the Compliance Department to receive,
directly from your broker, duplicate transaction confirmations and duplicate
periodic statements for each brokerage account in which you have, or a member
of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest(4), as well as reporting
securities held in certificate form.  Circle "Yes" if there are no reportable
transactions.)

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

(1)  All definitions used in this questionnaire have the same meanings those in
the Code of Ethics.

(2)  Non-Access Persons and Independent Fund Directors of the Strong funds must
complete a separate questionnaire.

(3)  Security, as defined, does NOT include open-end investment companies,
including the Strong Funds.

(4)  Please contact Donna Lelinski (x3362) if you are uncertain as to what
confirmations and statements you have arranged for the Compliance Department
to receive.

<PAGE>

D.     Have you notified the Compliance Department if you have been arrested,
arraigned, indicted, or have plead no contest to any criminal offense, or been
named as a defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings, or
administrative or disciplinary action?  (Circle "Yes" if you have not been
arrested, arraigned, etc.)

YES               NO          (CIRCLE ONE)
E.     Have you complied with the Code of Ethics in all other respects,
including the gift policy?

YES               NO          (CIRCLE ONE)
LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT ALL REPORTABLE GIFTS(5) GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR THE YEAR
SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998, NOTING THE MONTH, "COUNTERPARTY,"
GIFT DESCRIPTION, AND ESTIMATED VALUE.


     III.     Have you complied in all respects with the Insider Trading Policy
dated September 19, 1995?

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE
EXPLAINED ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.


     IV.     Disclosure of directorships statement

A.     Are you, or is any member of your Immediate Family, a director of any
for-profit, privately held companies(6)?  (If "Yes," please list on the
Attachment each company for which you are, or a member of your Immediate Family
is, a director.)

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

B.     If the response to IV.A. is "Yes," do you have knowledge that any of the
companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate Family is, a
director will go public or be acquired within the next 12 months?  (If the
answer is "YES," please be prepared to discuss this matter with a member of the
Compliance Department in the near future.)

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)


I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge, the foregoing responses
are true and complete.  I understand that any untrue or incomplete response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.


____________________________________
Access Person Signature

Dated:____________________
____________________________________
Print Name

(5)  Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items
donated to charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed
on the premises.  Entertainment - i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor
present does not have to be reported.

(6)  Per section III.F. of the Code of Ethics, no Access Person, other than an
Independent Fund Director, may serve on the board of directors of a PUBLICLY
HELD company.

<PAGE>



                                 ATTACHMENT TO
                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE


PLEASE EXPLAIN ALL "NO" RESPONSES TO QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III:

_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
___________________
PLEASE LIST EACH COMPANY FOR WHICH YOU ARE, OR A MEMBER OR YOUR IMMEDIATE
FAMILY IS, A DIRECTOR (SECTION IV):

________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
GIFTS FOR THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                <C>                    <C>                <C>
          MONTH    GIFT GIVER / RECEIVER  GIFT DESCRIPTION   ESTIMATED VALUE
        ---------  ---------------------  -----------------  -----------------
</TABLE>
1.
________________________________________________________________________________
2.
________________________________________________________________________________
3.
________________________________________________________________________________
4.
________________________________________________________________________________
5.
________________________________________________________________________________
6.
________________________________________________________________________________
7.
________________________________________________________________________________
8.
________________________________________________________________________________
9.
________________________________________________________________________________
10.
________________________________________________________________________________
                (CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)

<PAGE>


                                                                      Appendix 7




                          LIST OF BROAD-BASED INDICES


Listed below are the broad-based indices as designated by the Compliance
Department.  See Section II.B.2.e. for additional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>           <C>
         DESCRIPTION OF OPTION        SYMBOL    EXCHANGE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
           Computer Technology           XCI        AMEX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
                   Eurotop 100           ERT        AMEX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
           Biotechnology Index           BTK        AMEX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
         Gold / Silver Index *           AUX        PHLX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
        Hong Kong Option Index           HKO        AMEX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
Inter@ctive Wk. Internet Index           INX        CBOE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
                   Japan Index           JPN        AMEX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
          Major Market Index *           XMI        AMEX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
Morgan Stanley High Tech Index           MSH        AMEX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
                    NASDAQ-100           NDX        CBOE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
      Oil Service Sector Index           OSX        PHLX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
       Pacific High Tech Index           XPI         PSE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
                Russell 2000 *           RUT        CBOE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
          Semiconductor Sector           SOX        PHLX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
                   S & P 100 *           OEX        CBOE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
                   S & P 500 *           SPX        CBOE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
              Technology Index           TXX        CBOE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
            Value Line Index *           VLE        PHLX
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
      Wilshire Small Cap Index           WSX         PSE
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
              * Includes LEAPs
- ------------------------------  ------------  ----------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                                                      Appendix 8

                         FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK


                                     [DATE]


<Broker Name>
<Broker Address>
<Broker City, State and Zip>

Subject:  Account Number_______________________
        Account Registration_______________________

Dear ____________:

Strong Capital Management, Inc. ("SCM"), my employer, is a registered
investment adviser as well as the indirect parent of an NASD member firm.  The
Code of Ethics of SCM requires that I have certain personal securities
transactions placed on my behalf by the trading desk of SCM.  Accordingly,
please send me the necessary forms or instructions that you will require in
order to enable the securities traders of SCM to place orders on my behalf.

In addition, you are requested to send duplicate confirmations of individual
transactions as well as duplicate periodic statements for the referenced
account to SCM.  Please address the confirmations and statements directly to:

CONFIDENTIAL
Chief Compliance Officer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin  53051

Your cooperation is most appreciated. If you have any questions regarding these
requests, please contact me or Donna J. Lelinski of SCM at (414) 359-3362.

                              Sincerely,



                              <Name of Access Person>

Copy:Chief Compliance Officer
     Strong Capital Management, Inc.

<PAGE>

Appendix 9

                                  GIFT POLICY

The gift policy of Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc. and Flint Prairie, L.L.C. covers both GIVING GIFTS TO and
ACCEPTING GIFTS FROM clients, brokers, persons with whom we do business or
others (collectively, "vendors").  It is based on the applicable requirements of
the Rules of Fair Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. ("NASD") and is included as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.

     Under our policy, associates may not give gifts to or accept gifts from
vendors with a value in excess of $100 PER PERSON PER YEAR and must report to
the firm annually if they accept certain types of gifts.  The NASD defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity.  Since giving or receiving any gifts in
a business setting may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude
and good judgment to ensure that our policy is observed to the fullest extent
possible.  The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.

     Questions regarding the appropriateness of any gift should be directed to
the  Legal/Compliance Department.

1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES

     Under applicable NASD rules, an associate may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or
financial organization, including exchanges, broker-dealers, commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm.  Please note, however, that the firm
may not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.

     This memorandum is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate supervisory approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.

2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES

     On occasion, because of their position within the firm, associates may be
offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from vendors.  Associates may not
accept any gift or form of entertainment from vendors (E.G., tickets to the
theater or a sporting event where the vendor does not accompany the associate)
other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the NASD defines as under $100 in
total from any vendor in any year (managers may, if they deem it appropriate
for their department, adopt a lower dollar ceiling).  Any gift accepted by an
associate must be reported to the firm, subject to certain exceptions (see
heading 4 below).  In addition, note that our gift policy does not apply to
normal and customary business entertainment or to personal gifts (see heading 3
below).

     Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent (E.G., gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate
solicit a gift from a vendor.

     Associates may wish to have gifts from vendors donated to charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline
a gift not permitted by our policy.  In such case, the gift should be forwarded
to Mary Beitzel in Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.
Similarly, associates may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual
gift, the vendors make a donation to charity.   In either situation discussed
in this paragraph, an associate would not need to report the gift to the firm
(see heading 4 below).

3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS

     Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business meals and
entertainment with vendors.  For example, if an associate has a business meal
and attends a sporting event or show with a vendor, that activity would not be
subject to our gift policy, provided the vendor is present.  If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event without the vendor also being present, the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting requirements of our gift policy.
Under no circumstances may associates accept business entertainment that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.

     In addition, our gift policy does not apply to usual and customary gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal relationship (E.G., gifts
between an associate and a vendor where the vendor is a family member or
personal friend).

4. REPORTING

     The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm.  Except as noted
below, associates must report annually all gifts given to or accepted from
vendors (Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).

     Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (E.G., hats,
pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a firm's logo), (ii) items
donated to charity through Mary Beitzel in Legal, or (iii) food items consumed
on the firm's premises (E.G., candy, popcorn, etc.).


January 1, 1999

<PAGE>


Appendix 10

                     INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
                 DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING


A.     POLICY STATEMENT.

     1.     INTRODUCTION.  Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc., Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Flint Prairie,
L.L.C. and such other companies which adopt these Policies and Procedures (all
of the foregoing entities are collectively referred to herein as "Strong") seek
to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism.  That reputation is a
vital business asset.  The confidence and trust placed in Strong by clients is
something we should value and endeavor to protect.  To further that goal, the
Policy Statement implements procedures to deter the misuse of material,
nonpublic information in securities transactions.

     2.     PROHIBITIONS.  Accordingly, associates are prohibited from trading,
either personally or on behalf of others (including advisory clients), on
material, nonpublic information or communicating material, nonpublic
information to others in violation of the law.  This conduct is frequently
referred to as "insider trading."  This policy applies to every associate and
extends to activities within and outside their duties at Strong.  Any questions
regarding this policy should be referred to the Compliance Department.

     3.     GENERAL SANCTIONS.  Trading securities while in possession of
material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to
others may expose you to stringent penalties.  Criminal sanctions may include a
fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment.  The SEC can recover
the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, a penalty
of up to three times the illicit windfall and an order permanently barring you
from the securities industry.  Finally, you may be sued by investors seeking to
recover damages for insider trading violations.

     4.     INSIDER TRADING DEFINED.  The term "insider trading" is not defined
in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of
material, nonpublic information to trade in securities (whether or not one is
an "insider") or to communications of material,  nonpublic information to
others.  While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is
currently understood that the law generally prohibits:

     a.     trading by an insider, while in possession of material, nonpublic
information;

     b.     trading by a non-insider, while in possession of material,
nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the
non-insider in violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential or was
misappropriated;

     c.     recommending the purchase or sale of securities on the basis of
material, nonpublic information;

<PAGE>

     d.     communicating material, nonpublic information to others; or

     e.     providing substantial assistance to someone who is engaged in any
of the above activities.

     The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful
conduct are described below.  Any associate who, after reviewing these Policies
and Procedures has any question regarding insider trading should consult with
the Compliance Department.  Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary
action or complex legal problems.

     5.     TENDER OFFERS.  Tender offers represent a particular concern in the
law of insider trading for two reasons.  First, tender offer activity often
produces extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target company's
securities.  Trading during this time period is more likely to attract
regulatory attention (and produces a disproportionate percentage of insider
trading cases).  Second, the SEC has adopted a rule which expressly forbids
trading and "tipping" while in possession of material, nonpublic information
regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company
or anyone acting on behalf of either.  Associates should exercise particular
caution any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a
tender offer.

     6.     CONTACT THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT.  To protect yourself, our
clients, and Strong, you should contact the Compliance Department immediately
if you believe that you may have received material, nonpublic information.

B.     PROCEDURES DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING.  The
following procedures have been established to aid Strong and all associates in
avoiding insider trading, and to aid Strong in preventing, detecting, and
imposing sanctions against insider trading.  Every associate must follow these
procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal
liability and criminal penalties.  Any questions about these procedures should
be directed to the Compliance Department.

     1.     INITIAL QUESTIONS.  Before trading in the Securities of a company
about which an associate may have potential inside information, an associate,
whether trading for himself or herself or others, should ask himself or herself
the following questions:

     a.     IS THE INFORMATION MATERIAL?  Is this information that an investor
would consider important in making his or her investment decisions?  Is this
information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities
if generally disclosed?

     b.     IS THE INFORMATION NONPUBLIC?  To whom has this information been
provided?  Has the information been effectively communicated to the market
place by being published in Reuters, THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or other
publications of general circulation?

     2.     MATERIAL AND NONPUBLIC INFORMATION.  If, after consideration of the
above, any associate believes that the information is material and nonpublic,
or if an associate has questions as to whether the information is material and
nonpublic, he or she should take the following steps:

<PAGE>

     a.     Report the matter immediately to the Compliance Department.

     b.     Do not purchase or sell the Securities either on the associate's
own behalf or on the behalf of others.

     c.     Do not communicate the information to anyone, other than to the
Compliance Department.

     d.     After the Compliance Department has reviewed the issue, the
associate will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and
communication, or he or she will be allowed to trade and communicate the
information.

     3.     CONFIDENTIALITY.  Information in an associate's possession that is
identified as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, include
persons within Strong, except as otherwise provided herein.  In addition, care
should be taken so that such information is secure.  For example, files
containing material, nonpublic information should be sealed, access to computer
files containing material, nonpublic information should be restricted and
conversations containing such information, if appropriate at all, should be
conducted in private (for example, not by cellular telephone to avoid potential
interception).

     4.     ASSISTANCE OF THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT.  If, after consideration
of the items set forth in Section B.2., doubt remains as to whether information
is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the
applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the
propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the Compliance Department
before trading or communicating the information to anyone.

     5.     REPORTING REQUIREMENT.  In accordance with Strong's Code of Ethics,
every associate must arrange for the Compliance Department to receive directly
from the broker, dealer, or bank in question, duplicate copies of each
confirmation for each Securities Transaction and periodic statement for each
brokerage account in which such associate has a beneficial interest.

C.     INSIDER TRADING EXPLANATIONS.

     1.     WHO IS AN INSIDER?  The concept of "insider" is broad.  It includes
officers, directors and associates of a company.  In addition, a person can be
a "temporary insider" if he or she enters into a special confidential
relationship in the conduct of a company's affairs and as a result is given
access to information solely for the company's purposes.  A temporary insider
can include, among others, a company's attorneys, accountants, consultants,
bank lending officers and the associates of such organizations.  In addition,
Strong may become a temporary insider.  According to the United States Supreme
Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed nonpublic
information confidential, and the relationship must at least imply such a duty
before the outsider will be considered an insider.

     2.     WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?  Trading on inside information is not
a basis for liability unless the information is material.  "Material
information" generally is defined as information for which there is a
substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important
in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is

<PAGE>

reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's
securities.  It need not be important that it would have changed the investor's
decision to buy or sell.  No simple "bright line" test exists to determine when
information is material; assessments of materiality involve a highly fact-
specific inquiry.  For this reason, you should direct any question about whether
information is material to the Compliance Department.

          Material information often relates to a company's results and
operations including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes
in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition
proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and
extraordinary management developments.

          Material information also may relate to the market for a company's
securities.  Information about a significant order to purchase or sell
securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material.

          Material information does not have to relate to a company's business.
For example, in CARPENTER V. U.S., 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the United States
Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of
a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of
a security.  In that case, a Wall Street Journal reporter was found criminally
liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies
would appear in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL and whether those reports would be
favorable or unfavorable.

     3.     WHAT IS NONPUBLIC INFORMATION?  Information is nonpublic until it
has been effectively disseminated broadly to investors in the market place.
One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is
generally public.  For example, information found in a report filed with the
SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL, or other publications of general circulation would be considered
public.

     4.     WHAT ARE THE PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING?  Penalties for trading
on or communicating material, nonpublic information are severe, both for
individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers.  A person
can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not
personally benefit from the violation.  Penalties include: (a) civil
injunctions; (b) treble damages; (c) disgorgement of profits; (d) jail
sentences; (e) fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three
times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually
benefited; and (f) fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to
the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or
loss avoided.

          In addition to the foregoing, any violation of this Policy with
Respect to Insider Trading can be expected to result in serious sanctions,
including dismissal of the person or persons involved.


January 1, 1999

                                       3
<PAGE>






                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           FOR NON-ACCESS PERSONS OF
                       STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
                     STRONG FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.,
                         HERITAGE RESERVE DEVELOPMENT
                               CORPORATION, INC.
                             AND FLINT PRAIRIE, L.L.C.


[STRONG LOGO]

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                January 1, 1999

                                       1
<PAGE>



                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                        and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
                             Dated January 1, 1999

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.  INTRODUCTION     1
     A.  Fiduciary Duty     1
          1.  Place the interests of clients first     1
     2.  Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position     1
3.  Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance with
     this Code including reporting requirements     1
     B.  Appendices to the Code     1
1.  Definitions     1
2.  Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics     1
3.  Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire     2
4.  Form Letter to Broker or Bank     2
5.  Gift Policy     2
6.  Insider Trading Policy     2

II.  TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS     2
A.  Reporting Requirements     2
B.  Disclaimers     2
C.  Availability of Reports     2
D.  Record Retention     2

III.  FIDUCIARY DUTIES     3
A.  Confidentiality     3
B.  Gifts     3
1.  Accepting Gifts     3
2.  Solicitation of Gifts     3
3.  Giving Gifts     3
C.  Payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders     3
D.  Corporate Opportunities     3
E.  Service as a Director     3
F.  Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil Proceedings  3

                                       1
<PAGE>





                         TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)


IV.  COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS     4
A.  Code of Ethics Review Committee     4
1.  Membership, Voting, and Quorum     4
2.  Investigating Violations of the Code     4
B.  Remedies     4
1.  Sanctions     4
2.  Sole Authority     4
3.  Review     4
C.  Compliance Certification     5
D.  Inquiries Regarding the Code     5

                                       2
<PAGE>



                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                           and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
                             Dated January 1, 1999

                              TABLE OF APPENDICES


Appendix 1   (Definitions)     6
Appendix 2   (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics)     8
Appendix 3   (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire)     9
Appendix 4   (Form Letter to Broker or Bank)     12
Appendix 5   (Gift Policy)     13
Appendix 6   (Insider Trading Policy)     15

                                       3
<PAGE>



                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                            and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.
                             Dated January 1, 1999

                               I.   INTRODUCTION(1)

     A.     FIDUCIARY DUTY.  This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle
that directors, officers and associates of Strong Capital Management, Inc.
("SCM"), Strong Funds Distributors, Inc. ("the Distributor") Heritage Reserve
Development Corporation, Inc. ("HRDC"), Flint Prairie, L.L.C. ("Flint Prairie")
and such other affiliated entities of the foregoing that may from time to time
adopt this Code (each of which is individually referred to herein as a
"Company") have a fiduciary duty to place the interests of clients ahead of
their own.  Associates must avoid activities, interests and relationships that
might interfere with making decisions in the best interests of each Company and
its clients.

As fiduciaries, associates must at all times:

     1.     PLACE THE INTERESTS OF CLIENTS FIRST.  Associates must scrupulously
avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the interests of the
clients of each Company.  AN ASSOCIATE MAY NOT INDUCE OR CAUSE AN ADVISORY
CLIENT TO TAKE ACTION, OR NOT TO TAKE ACTION, FOR PERSONAL BENEFIT, RATHER THAN
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE CLIENT.

2.     AVOID TAKING INAPPROPRIATE ADVANTAGE OF THEIR POSITION.  The receipt of
investment opportunities, perquisites or gifts from persons seeking business
with the Strong Funds, SCM, the Distributor, Flint Prairie or their clients
could call into question the exercise of an associate's independent judgment.
Associates may not, for example, use their knowledge of portfolio transactions
to profit by the market effect of such transactions.

     3.     CONDUCT ALL PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS IN FULL COMPLIANCE
WITH THIS CODE INCLUDING REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.  Doubtful situations should be
resolved in favor of clients and each Company.  Technical compliance with the
Code's procedures will not automatically insulate from scrutiny any trades that
may indicate an abuse of fiduciary duties.

     B.     APPENDICES TO THE CODE.  The appendices to this Code are attached
hereto, are a part of the Code and include the following:

     1.     DEFINITIONS (Appendix 1),

2.     ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS (Appendix 2),

(1)  Capitalized words are defined in Appendix 1.
                                       1
<PAGE>


     3.     ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE  (Appendix 3),

     4.     FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK  (Appendix 4),

     5.     GIFT POLICY  (Appendix 5), and

     6.     INSIDER TRADING POLICY  (Appendix 6).


II.  TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     A.     REPORTING REQUIREMENT.  EVERY ASSOCIATE AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR HER
IMMEDIATE FAMILY MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE DIRECTLY
FROM ANY BROKER, DEALER OR BANK THAT EFFECTS ANY SECURITIES TRANSACTION,
DUPLICATE COPIES OF EACH CONFIRMATION FOR EACH SUCH TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC
STATEMENTS FOR EACH BROKERAGE ACCOUNT IN WHICH SUCH ASSOCIATE HAS A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST.  Additionally, securities held in certificate form that are not
included in the periodic statements must also be reported.  Attached hereto as
Appendix 4 is a form letter that may be used to request such documents from
such entities.  An associate must arrange to have duplicate confirmations and
periodic statements sent within 30 days.  If unable to make such arrangements,
the associate must immediately notify the Compliance Department.

THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS IN (1) OPEN-END
INVESTMENT COMPANIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE STRONG FUNDS, (2) BANKERS
ACCEPTANCES, (3) BANK CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT ("CDS"), (4) COMMERCIAL PAPER,
(5) REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS WHEN BACKED BY EXEMPT SECURITIES, (6) U. S.
GOVERNMENT SECURITY, (7) EQUITY SECURITIES HELD IN DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLANS
("DRIPS") OR (8) SECURITIES OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF THE ASSOCIATE'S
IMMEDIATE FAMILY IF SUCH SECURITIES ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED THROUGH
PARTICIPATION BY THE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN, 401(K)
PLAN, ESOP OR OTHER SIMILAR PLAN.

B.     DISCLAIMERS.  Any report of a Securities Transaction for the benefit of
a person other than the individual in whose account the transaction is placed
may contain a statement that the report should not be construed as an admission
by the person making the report that he or she has any direct or indirect
beneficial ownership in the Security to which the report relates.

C.     AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS.  All information supplied pursuant to this Code
will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of SCM and SFDI;
the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund; the Code of Ethics Review
Committee; the Compliance Department; the associate's department manager (or
designee); any party to which any investigation is referred by any of the
foregoing, the SEC, any self-regulatory organization of which the Strong Funds,
SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie is a member, and any state securities
commission; as well as  any attorney or agent of the foregoing, the Strong
Funds, SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie.

D.     RECORD RETENTION.  The Company shall keep and maintain for at least six
years records of the procedures it follows in connection with the reporting
requirements of this Code.

                                       2
<PAGE>


                            III.   FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     A.     CONFIDENTIALITY.  Associates are prohibited from revealing
information relating to the investment intentions, activities or portfolios of
Advisory Clients except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of
the information.

     B.     GIFTS.  The following provisions on gifts apply only to associates
of SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie.

     1.     ACCEPTING GIFTS.  On occasion, because of their position with the
Company and its affiliates, associates thereof may be offered, or may receive
without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors or other persons not
affiliated with the Company.  Acceptance of extraordinary or extravagant gifts
is not permissible.  Any such gifts must be declined or returned in order to
protect the reputation and integrity the Company.  Gifts of a nominal value
(i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 a year), customary
business meals, entertainment (E.G., sporting events) and promotional items
(E.G., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may be accepted.  Please see the Gift Policy
(Appendix 5) for additional information.

          If an associate receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
Code, the associate must inform the Compliance Department.

     2.     SOLICITATION OF GIFTS.  Associates may not solicit gifts or
gratuities.

     3.     GIVING GIFTS.  Associates may not give any gift with a value in
excess of $100 per year to persons associated with securities or financial
organizations, including exchanges, other member organizations, commodity
firms, news media or clients of the Company.  Please see the Gift Policy
(Appendix 5) for additional information.

     C.     PAYMENTS TO ADVISORY CLIENTS OR SHAREHOLDER.  Associates may not
make any payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders in order to resolve any
type of Advisory Client or Shareholder complaint.  All such matters must be
handled by the Legal Department.

     D.     CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES. Associates may not take personal advantage
of any opportunity properly belonging to any client or Company.

E.     SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR.  No associate may serve on the board of directors
of a publicly-held company not affiliated with the Company or the Strong Funds
absent prior written authorization by the Code of Ethics Review Committee.
This authorization will rarely, if ever, be granted and, if granted, will
normally require that the affected associate be isolated through "Chinese Wall"
or other procedures from those making investment decisions related to the
issuer on whose board the associate sits.

     F.     INVOLVEMENT IN CRIMINAL MATTERS OR INVESTMENT-RELATED CIVIL
PROCEEDINGS.  Each Non-Access Person must notify the Compliance Department, as
soon as reasonably practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted or pleads no
contest to any criminal offense (other than minor traffic

                                       3
<PAGE>

violations), or if named as a defendant in any Investment-Related civil
proceedings or any administrative or disciplinary action.

                   IV.    COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS

     A.     CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE.

     1.     MEMBERSHIP, VOTING, AND QUORUM.  The Code of Ethics Review
Committee shall consist of Senior Officers of SCM.  The Committee shall vote by
majority vote with two members serving as a quorum.  Vacancies may be filled,
and in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates
may be selected by the majority vote of the remaining members of the Committee.
However, in the event that the General Counsel or Acting General Counsel is
unavailable, at least one member of the Committee shall also be a member of the
Compliance Department.

     2.     INVESTIGATING VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE.  The General Counsel, or his
or her designee, is responsible for investigating any suspected violation of
the Code and shall report the results of each investigation to the Code of
Ethics Review Committee.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee is responsible
for reviewing the results of any investigation of any reported or suspected
violation of the Code.  Any material violation of the Code by an associate of
SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie for which significant remedial action was
taken will be reported to the Boards of Directors of the Strong Funds at the
next regularly scheduled quarterly Board meeting.

     B.     REMEDIES.

     1.     SANCTIONS.  If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines that
an associate has committed a violation of the Code, the Committee may impose
sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate, including a letter of
caution or warning, suspension of personal trading rights, suspension of
employment (with or without compensation), fine, civil referral to the SEC,
criminal referral and termination of employment for cause.  The Code of Ethics
Review Committee may also require the associate to reverse the trade(s) in
question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss derived therefrom.  The
amount of profit shall be calculated by the Code of Ethics Review Committee and
shall be forwarded to a charitable organization.

     2.     SOLE AUTHORITY.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee has sole
authority, subject to the review set forth in Section IV.B.3. below, to
determine the remedy for any violation of the Code, including appropriate
disposition of any moneys forfeited pursuant to this provision.  Failure to
promptly abide by a directive to reverse a trade or forfeit profits may result
in the imposition of additional sanctions.

     3.     REVIEW.  Whenever the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines
that an associate has committed a violation of this Code that merits
significant remedial action, it will report promptly to the Boards of Directors
of SCM and/or the Distributor (as appropriate), and no less frequently than the
quarterly meeting to the Boards of Directors of the applicable Strong Funds,
information relating to the investigation of the

                                       4
<PAGE>

violation, including any sanctions imposed.  The Boards of Directors of SCM,
the Distributor and the Strong Funds may modify such sanctions as they deem
appropriate.  Such Boards may have access to all information considered by the
Code of Ethics Review Committee in relation to the case.  The Code of Ethics
Review Committee may determine whether to delay the imposition of any sanctions
pending review by the applicable Boards of Directors.

     C.     COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION.  At least annually, all associates will
be required to certify on the Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire set forth in
Appendix 3, or on a document substantially in the form of Appendix 3, that they
have complied with the Code in all respects.

     D.     INQUIRIES REGARDING THE CODE.  The Compliance Department will
answer any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                                                      Appendix 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

     "ADVISORY CLIENT" means any client (including both investment companies
and managed accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment adviser or
subadviser, renders investment advice or makes investment decisions.

     "BENEFICIAL INTEREST" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to
profit, or share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject
Securities.  An associate is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in Securities
owned by members of his or her Immediate Family.  Common examples of Beneficial
Interest include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts, partnerships,
trusts and controlling interests in corporations.  Any uncertainty as to
whether an associate has a Beneficial Interest in a Security should be brought
to the attention of the Compliance Department.  Such questions will be resolved
by reference to the principles set forth in the definition of "beneficial
owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.

     "COMPANY" means "SCM", "the Distributor", "HRDC", "Flint Prairie" and such
other affiliated entities of the foregoing that may from time to time adopt this
Code.

     "CODE" means this Code of Ethics.

     "COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT" means the designated persons in the Strong
Legal/Compliance  Department.

     "DISTRIBUTOR" means Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.

"HRDC" means Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.

     "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" of an associate means any of the following persons who
reside in the same household as the associate:

     child     grandparent     son-in-law
     stepchild     spouse     daughter-in-law
     grandchild     sibling     brother-in-law
     parent     mother-in-law     sister-in-law
     stepparent     father-in-law

Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General Counsel determines could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate
opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to
prevent.

     "LEGAL DEPARTMENT" means the SCM Legal/Compliance Department.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                       6
<PAGE>


     "SECURITY" includes stock; notes, bonds, debentures and other evidences of
indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments); limited
partnership interests; investment contracts; all derivative instruments of the
foregoing, such as options and warrants; and other items mentioned in Section
2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, not specifically exempted by Rule 17j-1.  Items
excluded from the definition of "Security" by Rule 17j-1 are U. S. Government
Securities, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper
and shares of open-end investment companies.  In addition, security does not
include futures, commodities, currencies or options on the aforementioned, but
the purchase and sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the
reporting requirements of the Code.

     "SECURITIES TRANSACTION" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which
an associate or a members of his or her Immediate Family has or acquires a
Beneficial Interest.

     "SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.

     "STRONG FUNDS" means the investment companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.

     "U. S. GOVERNMENT SECURITY" means any security issued or guaranteed as to
principal or interest by the United States or by a person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the Government of the United
States pursuant to authority granted by the Congress of the United States or
any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                                                      Appendix 2

                  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS


     I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated January 1,
1999, and represent that:

     1.     In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, I will
report all Securities Transactions in which I have, or a member of my Immediate
Family has, a Beneficial Interest, EXCEPT FOR transactions and holdings (1)
open-end investment companies including but not limited to the Strong Funds,
(2) bankers acceptances, (3) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"), (4)
commercial paper, (5) repurchase agreements when backed by exempt securities,
(6) U. S. Government Security, (7) equity securities held in dividend
reinvestment plans ("DRIPs"), or (8) securities of the employer of a member of
the associate's Immediate Family if such securities are beneficially owned
through participation by the Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing plan,
401(k) plan, ESOP, or other similar plan.

     2.     I have placed a checkmark next to the statement(s) that apply to
me:

_____  I have a brokerage account.

_____  I hold securities in certificate form.

_____  I have a Beneficial Interest in the brokerage accounts held by members
of my Immediate Family.

_____  I do not currently have a brokerage account, however, I will notify the
Legal Department immediately if I open one.

     3.     I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.



___________________________________
     Associate Signature

___________________________________
     Print Name

______________________
     Date


                                       8
<PAGE>

CONFIDENTIAL                                                       Appendix 3

                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE(1)
                           For NON-ACCESS PERSONS of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                          Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
                           and Flint Prairie, L.L.C.

                               September 14, 1998

Associate:  ____________________________ (please print name)

     I.     Introduction

          Non-Access Persons(2) are required to answer the following questions
FOR THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998.  ANSWERS OF "NO" TO
ANY OF THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE
"ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.  Upon completion, please sign and return the
questionnaire by Monday, September  21st, Donna Lelinski in the Compliance
Department.  All information provided is kept confidential to the maximum
extent possible.  If you have any questions, please contact Donna at extension
3362.

     II.     Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics

A.     Have you REPORTED all Securities Transactions in which you have, or a
member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
transactions exempt from reporting under the Code of Ethics?   (Reporting
requirements include arranging for the Compliance Department to receive,
directly from your broker, duplicate transaction confirmations and duplicate
periodic statements for each brokerage account in which you have, or a member
of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest(3), as well as reporting
securities held in certificate form.  Circle "Yes", if there are no reportable
transactions.)

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

B.     Have you notified the Compliance Department if you have been arrested,
arraigned, indicted, or have plead no contest to any criminal offense, or been
named as a defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings, or
administrative or disciplinary action?  (Circle "Yes" if you have not been
arrested, arraigned, etc.)

YES               NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

C.     Have you complied with the Code of Ethics in all other respects,
including the gift policy?

YES               NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT ALL REPORTABLE GIFTS GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR THE YEAR
SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998, NOTING THE MONTH, "COUNTERPARTY,"
GIFT DESCRIPTION AND VALUE.

(1)  All definitions used in this questionnaire have the same meaning as those
in the Code of Ethics.

(2)  Access Persons and Independent Fund Directors of the Strong Funds must
complete a separate questionnaire.

(3)  Please contact Donna Lelinski (x3362) if you are uncertain as to what
confirmations and Statements you have arranged for the Compliance Department
to receive.

(4)  Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items
donated to charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items
consumed on the premises.  Entertainment - i.e., a meal or activity with the
vendor present - does not have to be reported.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     III.     Annual certification of compliance with Insider Trading Policy

A.     Have you complied in all respects with the Insider Trading Policy dated
September 19, 1995?

YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE
EXPLAINED ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.

     IV.     Disclosure of directorships statement

A.     Are you, or is any member of your Immediate Family, a director of any
for-profit, privately held companies(5)?  (If "Yes," please list on the
Attachment each company for which you are, or a member of your Immediate Family
is, a director.)

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)

B.     If the response to IV.A. is "Yes," do you have knowledge that any of the
companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate Family is, a
director will go public or be acquired within the next 12 months?  (If the
answer is "YES," please be prepared to discuss this matter with a member of the
Compliance Department in the near future.)

     YES          NO          (CIRCLE ONE)



I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge, the foregoing responses
are true and complete.  I understand that any untrue or incomplete response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.


_______________________________
Non-Access Person Signature

Dated:__________________
Print Name_________________________________

(5)  Per section III.f of the Code of Ethics, no associate, other than an
Independent Fund Director may serve on the board of directors of a PUBLICLY
HELD company.


                                      10
<PAGE>

                                 ATTACHMENT TO
                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE

PLEASE EXPLAIN ALL "NO" RESPONSES TO QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III:

_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________
PLEASE LIST EACH COMPANY FOR WHICH YOU ARE, OR A MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE
FAMILY IS, A DIRECTOR (SECTION IV):

_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________
GIFTS FOR THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1997, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                <C>                    <C>                <C>
          MONTH    GIFT GIVER / RECEIVER  GIFT DESCRIPTION   ESTIMATED VALUE
                   ---------------------  -----------------  -----------------
</TABLE>
1.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2.
________________________________________________________________________________
3.
________________________________________________________________________________
4.
________________________________________________________________________________
5.
________________________________________________________________________________
6.
________________________________________________________________________________
7.
________________________________________________________________________________
8.
________________________________________________________________________________
9.
________________________________________________________________________________
10.
________________________________________________________________________________
                (CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)

                                      11
<PAGE>

                                   Appendix 4

                         FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK


                                     [DATE]


<Broker Name>
<Broker Address>
<Broker City, State and Zip>

Subject:  Account Number_______________________
        Account Registration____________________________

Dear ____________:

Please send duplicate confirmations of individual transactions as well as
duplicate periodic statements for the referenced account to:

CONFIDENTIAL
Chief Compliance Officer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin  53051

Your cooperation is most appreciated. If you have any questions regarding these
requests, please contact me or Donna J. Lelinski of SCM at (414) 359-3362.

                              Sincerely,



                              <Name of Associate>

Copy:     Chief Compliance Officer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.

                                      12
<PAGE>


                                                                      Appendix 5

                                  GIFT POLICY

The gift policy of Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc. and Flint Prairie, L.L.C., which covers both GIVING GIFTS TO
and ACCEPTING GIFTS FROM clients, brokers, persons with whom we do business, or
others (collectively, "vendors").  It is based on the applicable requirements of
the Rules of Fair Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. ("NASD") and is included as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.

     Under our policy, associates may not give gifts to or accept gifts from
vendors with a value in excess of $100 PER PERSON PER YEAR and must report to
the firm annually if they accept certain types of gifts.  The NASD defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity.  Since giving or receiving any gifts in
a business setting may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude
and good judgment to ensure that our policy is observed to the fullest extent
possible.  The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.

     Questions regarding the appropriateness of any gift should be directed to
the Legal/Compliance Department.

1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES

     Under applicable NASD rules, an associate may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or
financial organization, including exchanges, broker-dealers, commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm.  Please note, however, that the firm
may not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.

     This memorandum is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate supervisory approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.

2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES

     On occasion, because of their position within the firm, associates may be
offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from vendors.  Associates may not
accept any gift or form of entertainment from vendors (E.G., tickets to the
theater or a sporting event where the vendor does not accompany the associate)
other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the NASD defines as under $100 in
total from any vendor in any year (managers may, if they deem it appropriate
for their department, adopt a lower dollar ceiling).  Any gift accepted by an
associate must be reported to the firm, subject to certain exceptions (see
heading 4 below).  In addition, note that our gift policy does not apply to
normal and customary business entertainment or to personal gifts (see heading 3
below).

     Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent (E.G., gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate
solicit a gift from a vendor.

                                      13
<PAGE>


     Associates may wish to have gifts from vendors donated to charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline
a gift not permitted by our policy.  In such case, the gift should be forwarded
to Mary Beitzel in Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.
Similarly, associates may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual
gift, the vendors make a donation to charity.   In either situation discussed
in this paragraph, an associate would not need to report the gift to the firm
(see heading 4 below).

3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS

     Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business meals and
entertainment with vendors.  For example, if an associate has a business meal
and attends a sporting event or show with a vendor, that activity would not be
subject to our gift policy, provided the vendor is present.  If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event without the vendor also being present, the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting requirements of our gift policy.
Under no circumstances may associates accept business entertainment that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.

     In addition, our gift policy does not apply to usual and customary gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal relationship (E.G., gifts
between an associate and a vendor where the vendor is a family member or
personal friend).

4. REPORTING

     The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm.  Except as noted
below, associates must report annually all gifts given to or accepted from
vendors (Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).

     Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (E.G., hats,
pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a firm's logo), (ii) items
donated to charity through Mary Beitzel in Legal, or (iii) food items consumed
on the firm's premises (E.G., candy, popcorn, etc.).


January 1, 1999


                                      14
<PAGE>

                                                                      Appendix 6

                     INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
                 DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING


A.     POLICY STATEMENT.

     1.     INTRODUCTION.  Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc., Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Flint Prairie,
L.L.C. and such other companies which adopt these Policies and Procedures (all
of the foregoing entities are collectively referred to herein as "Strong") seek
to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism.  That reputation is a
vital business asset.  The confidence and trust placed in Strong by clients is
something we should value and endeavor to protect.  To further that goal, the
Policy Statement implements procedures to deter the misuse of material,
nonpublic information in securities transactions.

     2.     PROHIBITIONS.  Accordingly, associates are prohibited from trading,
either personally or on behalf of others (including advisory clients), on
material, nonpublic information or communicating material, nonpublic
information to others in violation of the law.  This conduct is frequently
referred to as "insider trading."  This policy applies to every associate and
extends to activities within and outside their duties at Strong.  Any questions
regarding this policy should be referred to the Compliance Department.

     3.     GENERAL SANCTIONS.  Trading securities while in possession of
material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to
others may expose you to stringent penalties.  Criminal sanctions may include a
fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment.  The SEC can recover
the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, a penalty
of up to three times the illicit windfall and an order permanently barring you
from the securities industry.  Finally, you may be sued by investors seeking to
recover damages for insider trading violations.

     4.     INSIDER TRADING DEFINED.  The term "insider trading" is not defined
in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of
material, nonpublic information to trade in securities (whether or not one is
an "insider") or to communications of material,  nonpublic information to
others.  While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is
currently understood that the law generally prohibits:

     a.     trading by an insider, while in possession of material, nonpublic
information;

     b.     trading by a non-insider, while in possession of material,
nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the
non-insider in violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential or was
misappropriated;

     c.     recommending the purchase or sale of securities on the basis of
material, nonpublic information;

                                      15
<PAGE>

     d.     communicating material, nonpublic information to others; or

     e.     providing substantial assistance to someone who is engaged in any
of the above activities.

     The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful
conduct are described below.  Any associate who, after reviewing these Policies
and Procedures has any question regarding insider trading should consult with
the Compliance Department.  Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary
action or complex legal problems.

     5.     TENDER OFFERS.  Tender offers represent a particular concern in the
law of insider trading for two reasons.  First, tender offer activity often
produces extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target company's
securities.  Trading during this time period is more likely to attract
regulatory attention (and produces a disproportionate percentage of insider
trading cases).  Second, the SEC has adopted a rule which expressly forbids
trading and "tipping" while in possession of material, nonpublic information
regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company
or anyone acting on behalf of either.  Associates should exercise particular
caution any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a
tender offer.

     6.     CONTACT THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT.  To protect yourself, our
clients, and Strong, you should contact the Compliance Department immediately
if you believe that you may have received material, nonpublic information.

B.     PROCEDURES DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING.  The
following procedures have been established to aid Strong and all associates in
avoiding insider trading, and to aid Strong in preventing, detecting, and
imposing sanctions against insider trading.  Every associate must follow these
procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal
liability and criminal penalties.  Any questions about these procedures should
be directed to the Compliance Department.

     1.     INITIAL QUESTIONS.  Before trading in the Securities of a company
about which an associate may have potential inside information, an associate,
whether trading for himself or herself or others, should ask himself or herself
the following questions:

     a.     IS THE INFORMATION MATERIAL?  Is this information that an investor
would consider important in making his or her investment decisions?  Is this
information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities
if generally disclosed?

     b.     IS THE INFORMATION NONPUBLIC?  To whom has this information been
provided?  Has the information been effectively communicated to the market
place by being published in Reuters, THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or other
publications of general circulation?

     2.     MATERIAL AND NONPUBLIC INFORMATION.  If, after consideration of the
above, any associate believes that the information is material and nonpublic,
or if an associate has questions as to whether the information is material and
nonpublic, he or she should take the following steps:

                                      16
<PAGE>

     a.     Report the matter immediately to the Compliance Department.

     b.     Do not purchase or sell the Securities either on the associate's
own behalf or on the behalf of others.

     c.     Do not communicate the information to anyone, other than to the
Compliance Department.

     d.     After the Compliance Department has reviewed the issue, the
associate will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and
communication, or he or she will be allowed to trade and communicate the
information.

     3.     CONFIDENTIALITY.  Information in an associate's possession that is
identified as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, include
persons within Strong, except as otherwise provided herein.  In addition, care
should be taken so that such information is secure.  For example, files
containing material, nonpublic information should be sealed, access to computer
files containing material, nonpublic information should be restricted and
conversations containing such information, if appropriate at all, should be
conducted in private (for example, not by cellular telephone to avoid potential
interception).

     4.     ASSISTANCE OF THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT.  If, after consideration
of the items set forth in Section B.2., doubt remains as to whether information
is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the
applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the
propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the Compliance Department
before trading or communicating the information to anyone.

     5.     REPORTING REQUIREMENT.  In accordance with Strong's Code of Ethics,
every associate must arrange for the Compliance Department to receive directly
from the broker, dealer, or bank in question, duplicate copies of each
confirmation for each Securities Transaction and periodic statement for each
brokerage account in which such associate has a beneficial interest.

C.     INSIDER TRADING EXPLANATIONS.

     1.     WHO IS AN INSIDER?  The concept of "insider" is broad.  It includes
officers, directors and associates of a company.  In addition, a person can be
a "temporary insider" if he or she enters into a special confidential
relationship in the conduct of a company's affairs and as a result is given
access to information solely for the company's purposes.  A temporary insider
can include, among others, a company's attorneys, accountants, consultants,
bank lending officers and the associates of such organizations.  In addition,
Strong may become a temporary insider.  According to the United States Supreme
Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed nonpublic
information confidential, and the relationship must at least imply such a duty
before the outsider will be considered an insider.

     2.     WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?  Trading on inside information is not
a basis for liability unless the information is material.  "Material
information" generally is defined as information for which there is a
substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it

                                      17
<PAGE>

important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is
reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's
securities.  It need not be important that it would have changed the investor's
decision to buy or sell.  No simple "bright line" test exists to determine when
information is material; assessments of materiality involve a highly
fact-specific inquiry.  For this reason, you should direct any question about
whether information is material to the Compliance Department.

          Material information often relates to a company's results and
operations including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes
in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition
proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and
extraordinary management developments.

          Material information also may relate to the market for a company's
securities.  Information about a significant order to purchase or sell
securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material.

          Material information does not have to relate to a company's business.
For example, in CARPENTER V. U.S., 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the United States
Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of
a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of
a security.  In that case, a Wall Street Journal reporter was found criminally
liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies
would appear in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL and whether those reports would be
favorable or unfavorable.

     3.     WHAT IS NONPUBLIC INFORMATION?  Information is nonpublic until it
has been effectively disseminated broadly to investors in the market place.
One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is
generally public.  For example, information found in a report filed with the
SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL, or other publications of general circulation would be considered
public.

     4.     WHAT ARE THE PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING?  Penalties for trading
on or communicating material, nonpublic information are severe, both for
individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers.  A person
can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not
personally benefit from the violation.  Penalties include: (a) civil
injunctions; (b) treble damages; (c) disgorgement of profits; (d) jail
sentences; (e) fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three
times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually
benefited; and (f) fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to
the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or
loss avoided.

          In addition to the foregoing, any violation of this Policy with
Respect to Insider Trading can be expected to result in serious sanctions,
including dismissal of the person or persons involved.


January 1, 1999


                                      18
<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission